summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/old/54888-0.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'old/54888-0.txt')
-rw-r--r--old/54888-0.txt7833
1 files changed, 0 insertions, 7833 deletions
diff --git a/old/54888-0.txt b/old/54888-0.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 83a4b18..0000000
--- a/old/54888-0.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7833 +0,0 @@
-The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Clock and the Key, by Arthur Henry Vesey
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
-almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
-re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
-with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org/license
-
-
-Title: The Clock and the Key
-
-Author: Arthur Henry Vesey
-
-Release Date: June 11, 2017 [EBook #54888]
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: UTF-8
-
-*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE CLOCK AND THE KEY ***
-
-
-
-
-Produced by KD Weeks and the Online Distributed Proofreading
-Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was produced from
-images generously made available by The Internet Archive)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- Transcriber’s Note:
-
-This version of the text cannot represent certain typographical effects.
-Italics are delimited with the ‘_’ character as _italic_.
-
-Footnotes have been moved to follow the paragraphs in which they are
-referenced.
-
-A few minor errors, attributable to the printer, have been corrected.
-Please see the transcriber’s note at the end of this text for details
-regarding the handling of any textual issues encountered during its
-preparation.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- THE CLOCK AND THE KEY
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- THE CLOCK AND
- THE KEY
-
-
-
-
- BY
-
- ARTHUR HENRY VESEY
-
- AUTHOR OF “A CHEQUE FOR THREE THOUSAND”
- “A PEDIGREE IN PAWN,” ETC.
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration: colophon]
-
-
-
-
- NEW YORK
- D. APPLETON AND COMPANY
- 1905
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
- COPYRIGHT, 1905, BY
- D. APPLETON AND COMPANY
-
- _Published February, 1905_
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- TO
- =M. B. L.=
-
-
-
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
- THE CLOCK AND THE KEY
-
-
- -------
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER I
-
-
-Our gondola, far out on the lagoon, hardly moved. But neither Jacqueline
-nor I, under the red and white striped awning, cared much, and Pietro
-even dared to light a cigarette.
-
-Silver-gray dome, campanile, and spire gleamed through the golden haze
-that hung over the enchanted city. A great stillness was over all–only
-the ripple of Pietro’s lazy oar, and faintly, very faintly, bells
-chiming.
-
-“I have dreamed of it,” said Jacqueline. “Only the dreams were such
-futile things compared with the reality. I close my eyes. I open them
-quickly. I am afraid it will all be blown away, vanish in a single
-moment. But there it is, your dear, dear Venice–the green garden away up
-there; the white Riva, basking in the sunlight; the rosy palace; and the
-red and orange sails, drifting slowly along. We shall return to the
-Piazza presently, and St. Mark’s will be there, and the pigeons, and the
-white palaces. Oh, there is not a false note to destroy the perfect
-charm of Venice, not one.”
-
-I aroused myself. While Jacqueline had been intoxicated with the beauty
-of Venice, I had been intoxicated with the beauty of Jacqueline. I must
-say something, and something prosaic, or I should be forgetting myself.
-
-“Oh, favored of the gods,” I murmured, “to be dead to unpleasant sights
-and sounds. And yet, not in Paradise, not even in this Paradise, are
-they quite shut out. Look, there is a penny steamer making its blatant
-way from the Molo to the Giudecca. And that far-off rumble is the
-express crossing the long bridge from Mestre. And, whew, that’s the
-twelve-o’clock whistle at the Arsenal. There you have three notes of
-progress and civilization in this city of dead dreams and dead hopes.”
-
-Jacqueline turned in her seat and looked at me curiously.
-
-“My dear Richard, will you answer me one question?”
-
-“Gladly, if it is not too difficult. But don’t forget, Jacqueline,
-Venice is not exactly an intellectual center.”
-
-“Then tell me, please, why it is that when you were in New York, hardly
-two months ago, you talked so charmingly of your Venetian skies and
-still lagoons that you quite made me long for them. But now, when I am
-at last under one of your wonderful skies and on your wonderful lagoon,
-instead of helping me to love it all, and sympathizing with me, you
-insist on the horrible things that clash–things I would so gladly forget
-for the happy moment.”
-
-“Because,” I answered gravely, “I must not allow myself to forget that
-one happy moment is not a lifetime.”
-
-“Really, I don’t understand you.“
-
-She looked at me frankly–too frankly–that was the trouble. I hesitated.
-In spite of the flimsy excuses her aunt had suspiciously erected, I had
-brought Jacqueline alone with me here to tell her why I must not allow
-myself to love her; and, I may add, to hear her laugh to delicious scorn
-my reasons. And yet I hesitated. Sometimes I felt she cared for me. But
-if I answered her question truthfully, I risked a cruel awakening.
-
-“Do you know how long I have been living in Venice?” I asked presently,
-with apparent irrelevance.
-
-“Three years, is it not?”
-
-“That is a long time to be dreaming and loafing, isn’t it?”
-
-“Yes.” Her eyes looked gravely out on the lagoon.
-
-“And it seems to you hardly a manly, strenuous life for a man of–shall
-we say–thirty years of age, to spend three years rocking himself to
-sleep, as it were, in a gondola?”
-
-“No,” she laughed nervously; “hardly a strenuous life.”
-
-“Such a life as that,” I persisted, “must contrast rather unfavorably
-with the lives of men you know in New York, for example?”
-
-“I suppose one may spend one’s life well even here in Venice.”
-
-I laughed rather bitterly.
-
-“One gets up at ten,” I murmured. “One has coffee in bed, and dawdles
-over the papers. A gentle, gentle walk till twelve–to the garden,
-perhaps–oh, you can walk miles in Venice, though most tourists think
-not. At twelve, breakfast at Florian’s on the Piazza. A long smoke,
-perhaps a row to the Lido and a swim, if it is summer. At five another
-long smoke and incidentally a long drink on the Piazza again, and the
-band. At seven, dinner at the Grundewald, a momentous affair, when one
-hesitates ten minutes over the menu. Then another long smoke out in the
-lagoon, under the stars, with the lights of Venice in the distance, and
-in the distance, too, the herd of tourists, splitting their gloves in
-ecstasy over the efforts of the tenor robusto under the balconies of the
-Grand Hotel. And then, wicked, dreamless slumber. The next morning, the
-same thing over again.”
-
-Jacqueline gasped. She looked at me with a curious intentness, and I was
-uneasy under her gaze. I knew she was noting quite ruthlessly that I was
-getting fat.
-
-“It is difficult to keep quite fit in Venice,” I pleaded.
-
-“And you really have done that for three years,” she said at last,
-almost in admiration. It was as if I were a strange animal doing clever
-tricks.
-
-“For three years, barring flights to New York and London in January and
-February, and a few weeks in the Tyrol during July and August,” I
-answered steadily.
-
-“And you really like it?” she asked, still wonderingly.
-
-“I can never imagine myself liking it again. I have despised myself
-since last Tuesday.”
-
-“Since last Tuesday!” she echoed, and then blushed. It was on Tuesday
-that Jacqueline and her aunt had arrived in Venice. “But you are not
-answering my first question.”
-
-“I am answering it in a roundabout way,” I replied dreamily. Then quite
-abruptly, “You didn’t know me until I was at Oxford, did you?”
-
-“No.”
-
-“I was sent to Eton when I was a sickly, timid little chap of fourteen.
-I had had a lonely life of it in New York. My mother was so afraid I
-should have a good time like other boys, and shout and play and talk
-with an American accent, that she chained me to a priggish English
-tutor, who took me for solemn walks in the park for recreation. I was
-hardly any better off than the pale-faced little idiots you see marching
-about Rome and Palermo two by two, dressed up in ridiculous uniforms of
-broadcloth, and carrying canes–not so well off, for there are many of
-them, and only one slovenly priest. But my keeper had me all to himself.
-Think of it, I never held a baseball in my little fist. Imagine that
-kind of a youngster set down in the midst of half a thousand lusty young
-English schoolboys, and an American at that.”
-
-“Poor little homesick boy,” she murmured. “And then?”
-
-“Just five years of being shunned and moping and long solitary rows on
-the river, and dreams bad for a boy of my years–just a long stretch of
-that sort of thing, that was my life at the public school.
-
-“At Oxford it was pretty much the same. I pulled through in a listless
-sort of fashion and got my degree. But the habits of boyhood told now. I
-found it harder than ever to get into things. I found myself more and
-more the mere spectator of life–not a happy existence, nor a good
-foundation for an American to begin the duties of life with.”
-
-“I should think not,” said Jacqueline severely. If she had pity for the
-lonely little boy, she had no mercy for the man. “And so because you
-idled through college and liked it, you came here to Venice to idle away
-the rest of your life?” she asked with some scorn.
-
-“Well, it was hardly so deliberate as that,” I said patiently. “No, I
-went back to America, and for the first time came face to face with my
-father. At least it was the first time that he had taken the trouble to
-speak to me in a heart-to-heart sort of way. You know my father well, so
-I needn’t expatiate on his virtues.”
-
-Jacqueline smiled. But no malice hovered on her lips as on mine.
-American women are supposed to demand much of their husbands and
-fathers. But at least they respect the husbands and fathers who toil
-that they may play. So she answered primly:
-
-“I have always found your father a most interesting man, I know he loves
-you in his way. That you have so little ambition is the bitter
-disappointment of his life. He has often spoken of you to me.”
-
-“Yes, yes,” I said hurriedly, “no doubt he loves me in his own fashion.
-But we hardly understand each other. The morning after I landed from
-England, after I had taken my degree, he called me into his office and
-asked me without any preliminaries what I thought I was fit for. I told
-him that I really hadn’t any idea. He thumped his great fist on his desk
-and roared: ‘So far, young man, your mother has had her turn. She’s
-mammied you, and made a fool of you with your English education and
-English accent. Now it’s my turn. Go back to Germany. Stay there two
-years and come back a chemist. I want you to help me in the factory.’
-
-“I never dreamed of opposing him. I was rather relieved to get out of
-his presence. So I took the check that he handed to me, and shook him
-dutifully by the hand. ‘Good-by,’ he said, ‘and when I say a chemist, I
-mean a good chemist. If you aren’t that, you needn’t bother to come back
-at all.’ The next morning I engaged passage for Bremen.”
-
-“The rest I know about,” said Jacqueline looking at her watch.
-
-“I dare say, only I should like you to understand it from my point of
-view. I went to Berlin. My name was entered on the roll of students of
-the university. I drank a lot of beer, but I studied very little
-chemistry. At the end of my two years’ probation, I began to think with
-apprehension of my father’s parting words: ‘And a good chemist, or you
-needn’t trouble to come back.’
-
-“And then, one day, when I was quite at a loss what to do, I received
-word that my mother had died suddenly. She left me a small fortune.
-
-“I dreaded more than ever to return to my father. Why should I? I began
-to ask myself. Why should I? echoed my one friend.
-
-“This friend was a wizened, eccentric, boastful little man, but with an
-undying enthusiasm for the rare and the beautiful. He spoke cunning
-words to entice me: ‘Your father’s idea of a successful life is one of
-work and yet more work–of tasks and habits that bind one more and more
-inexorably as the years go on. This is not success at all, but the
-direst failure. A life made up of habits and tasks that safely steer one
-through one’s existence, minute by minute, is a life with all the
-excitement and keen delight and ecstasy left out. To live such a life is
-to be a machine and no man.
-
-“‘Come,’ he said, ‘with me to Venice. I will show you how to live. Why
-should you go back to America and the hideous? There are millions of
-fools to labor doggedly–to keep the world a-going–why should you be
-dragged into the ranks of the slaves to the lash? There are thousands to
-agonize and strive, to create the beautiful–and to fail, terribly. Why
-should you be dragged into the ranks of those slaves to an ideal? There
-are hundreds to make the world better. Why should you be a slave to
-conscience? But there are so few to make a fine art of living. Be one of
-them. Enjoy perfectly. Enjoy wisely. Life may be for you something so
-rare and beautiful that the horrible and the vulgar shall not exist for
-you.’ I listened to him. I came to Venice. Here I am.”
-
-“There is something rather fine about it all,” said Jacqueline
-wistfully. “But there’s sophistry somewhere. And it seems brutally
-selfish.”
-
-“Sophistry! Selfish! How subtle the sophistry and selfishness I alone
-can tell. Dear Jacqueline, I had left one thing out of my calculations
-in building this fool’s paradise.”
-
-“And that?” Jacqueline looked troubled. I know she pitied me.
-
-“I had forgotten that one may love.”
-
-I leaned over toward her. Regardless of Pietro, who, I knew, was
-squinting through the red and white striped awning, I took her hand.
-“Dear Jacqueline, do you think that it is too late for me to begin
-again?”
-
-Jacqueline was silent. She withdrew her hand gently. I had felt it
-tremble in mine.
-
-“Do you see now that I am answering your question?” I asked. “When I was
-in New York, and knew at last that I should always love you, I had to
-keep reminding myself that _this_ was my world. I had set before myself
-an ideal. I must be faithful to it. So, now, when you are in Venice, I
-have tried to remind myself just as strongly that you come from the
-world of the penny steamboat and factory–a workaday world–a relentless
-world. In that world men tear and rend one another for a name, for a
-position. Each one is for himself, ruthless of others, unscrupulous
-often. Each one strives madly for something that is just out of his
-reach. That is the world you come from. I have reminded myself of it
-over and over. But it’s no use. I can’t keep silent. I must speak.
-Jacqueline, I love you.”
-
-She sat motionless. Her eyes looked out on the lagoon. Then she clasped
-her knees, and looked at me with a curious intentness. When she did
-speak, it was so slowly, so decisively that her words sounded like an
-inexorable fate.
-
-“My dear Richard, you are an extraordinary man. You are one of the rare
-specimens who hold a perfectly impossible ideal. When you fail to attain
-that ideal, you frankly abandon yourself to materialism–a materialism
-that smothers you. You have not even attempted to play the man. It is
-incredible that you should deliberately lay yourself down to loll on a
-flowery bed of ease for three years. Your very last words about my poor
-world show how great a gulf is fixed between you and me. Yes, I am of
-that world. I glory in it. But you sneer at the very qualities you lack.
-That is so easy, and, forgive me, so weak. You call my poor world
-ruthless. But often ruthlessness, yes, and unscrupulousness even, go
-with strength. The man I love must have a touch of this relentlessness
-you despise. Better that he be unscrupulous than weak. And as for
-patience, surely to be greatly patient is to be greatly strong. But you,
-my dear Dick, you area piece of bric-à-brac, you and your ideals. You
-should be under a glass case. You are too _précieux_ for the struggle in
-the world you shrink from. Return your love? Impossible. You have done
-nothing to deserve it.”
-
-I could not speak. She had told me the truth. Presently she looked at
-me. Then she touched my arm lightly.
-
-“I have hurt you,” she pleaded.
-
-“Well, why not?” I answered roughly. “It is the truth. But, Jacqueline,
-is your answer quite final? If I plunge into this struggle–if I show you
-that I too can strive and achieve things for the woman I love, if not
-for myself, will you let me tell you again that I love you?”
-
-“Can the leopard change his spots?” she asked lightly.
-
-“That remains to be seen. Let me prove to you that I am not merely the
-dilettante that you see on the surface. If I have not cared to succeed
-before, perhaps it was because there was nothing or no one to work for.
-If I show you that I really have those qualities that you demand and
-think I lack, will you let me tell you again that I love you?”
-
-“What could you do to show that?” asked Jacqueline softly.
-
-“I could go back to New York to-morrow. I could join my father in
-business.”
-
-“To New York to-morrow!” she said in dismay.
-
-“Yes,” I cried joyously. I had caught the note of dismay.
-
-“But I dare not advise you to do that. I could not take that
-responsibility unless I loved you. I do not love you. But if you are not
-fitted for business, you would surely fail.”
-
-“Would you discourage me in the attempt to do what you have condemned me
-for not doing?” I asked with impatience.
-
-“It may be that here in Venice is a task.”
-
-“In Venice? Impossible.”
-
-“You told me the other day that you had once thought of writing up the
-legends of Venice. You said they had really never been done well. Why
-not attempt that?”
-
-“Oh, that!” I exclaimed discontentedly.
-
-“And why not?”
-
-“It must be an entire change of life–of habits and ambition and tastes.
-Why not attempt something big while I am about it?”
-
-“My dear Richard,” insisted Jacqueline gently, “it makes no difference
-how obscure one’s task is. It may be even a useless task, only one must
-show patience and strength in the performance of it.”
-
-“Jacqueline, you are giving me hope.”
-
-She held up her gloved hand, smiling.
-
-“No, I give you no hope. Nor do I give you reason to despair. I do not
-love you, now. I could not love such a one as you. Whether I could love
-you if you were different–if you had ambition and stamina–I can not
-tell.”
-
-“I shall yet make you love me, Jacqueline.”
-
-Our eyes met for one instant, then hers fell before my steady gaze.
-
-“Will you please tell the gondolier to row faster? I shall be late for
-luncheon, and I have an appointment at three.”
-
-“Then I sha’n’t see you this afternoon?”
-
-“Perhaps. If you care to accompany my aunt and myself on a little
-expedition.”
-
-“I shall be delighted. And where?”
-
-“To an old Venetian palace on the Grand Canal. We are to inspect it from
-garret to basement. A dealer in antiquities is to take us there. He is
-to buy the contents of the palace as they stand. You know my aunt, Mrs.
-Gordon, is never so happy as when buying some useless piece of
-bric-à-brac.”
-
-“Beware of the dealer in bric-à-brac here in Venice. He is a Jew, your
-dealer–be sure of that.”
-
-“Oh, no, he is not. Aunt and I know him well. He is an American.”
-
-“His name?”
-
-“St. Hilary. He has an immense shop on Fifth Avenue.”
-
-“St. Hilary!” I exclaimed, “and he is here in Venice!”
-
-“Do you know him?”
-
-“Why, this St. Hilary is the man I told you of,” I answered slowly, “who
-first charmed me into coming to Venice. He is responsible for my wasting
-these past three years. I feel a grudge against him for that. He owes me
-some reparation. Yes; I shall be interested in seeing your palace with
-St. Hilary as guide. When shall I meet you?”
-
-“Outside Florian’s, on the Piazza at three. But you have not yet aroused
-your gondolier.”
-
-I poked Pietro with my walking-stick. Pietro flung away his cigarette
-and bent to his oar. The gondola, like a thing of life, leaped joyously
-toward the Molo.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER II
-
-
-My rooms were in a wonderful old palace in the unfashionable quarter of
-the Giudecca. From the windows, precisely opposite the Salute, I had the
-finest view in Venice. That made them worth while. But the principal
-charm of the location for me lay in the fact that here the ubiquitous
-tripper rarely puts foot.
-
-At a quarter to three I boarded a penny steamer from the Fondamenta
-della Croce, the broad sunny quay in front of my palace, and crossed
-over to the Molo. It was the first time in three years that I had used
-this humble craft. The penny steamer, be it understood, was a part of
-the new _régime_. It stood for hustle and democratic haste, the
-qualities in which dear Jacqueline had found me so sadly lacking.
-
-It gave me an immense satisfaction–this little voyage. I paid my soldo
-to the shabby, uniformed conductor; I watched him uncurl the rope from
-the post; I heard the steersman shout down his hollow tube the
-directions to the engineer in his cubby-hole below; I seated myself
-between an unshaven priest and a frowsy old woman with a basket of eels;
-and it all appealed to me as fresh and interesting.
-
-The world was very bright that afternoon. The sky had never seemed so
-blue. There was something for me to do–what, I did not know precisely
-(for I had not taken Jacqueline’s suggestion very seriously), but
-somewhere I should find my task, and so win Jacqueline’s complete love
-and regard. In the meanwhile I was to see her.
-
-I leaped ashore, the first of the passengers, and walked briskly across
-the Piazzetta. I saw them immediately at one of the little black tables
-outside of Florian’s–St. Hilary in the center, and Mrs. Gordon and
-Jacqueline on either side. St. Hilary was talking–as usual.
-
-He evinced no surprise at seeing me. That was not his way. He did not
-even shake hands. He merely saluted me with his rattan cane, and
-continued to talk–as usual.
-
-“Then it is the beauty of Venice that impresses you both?” he was
-saying. “The beauty! I am weary of the cry. Let me tell you that there
-is something infinitely more appealing to one than beauty in Venice, if
-one knows precisely how to look for it and where.”
-
-“And what is that?” asked Mrs. Gordon, as St. Hilary paused.
-
-“It is its mystery,” he said impressively.
-
-“Its mystery!” repeated vaguely Jacqueline’s aunt. “And why its
-mystery?”
-
-“Listen. I wish you to understand. It is night. You are quite alone–you
-and your gondolier. And it is late–very late. All Venice is asleep. You
-drift slowly down the Grand Canal. You hear nothing but the weird cry,
-‘_stai-li oh_,’ as a gondolier approaches a corner. Above are the stars,
-and in the dark waters about you are stars–a thousand of them–reflected
-in a thousand rivulets. On this side and on that–dumb as the dead–are
-the despoiled palaces. They suffer in silence. They are desecrated.
-Their glory is departed. Some of them are lodging-houses, a
-glass-factory, a post-office, a shop of cheap and false antiquities. But
-Pesaro and Contarini once dwelt in them. Titian and Giorgione adorned
-their walls. Within was the splendor of the Renaissance–cloth of
-gold–priceless tapestries–bronzes–pictures–treasures of the East–of
-Constantinople, of far-off Tartary. Everything of beauty in the whole
-world found its way at some time within those barred gates.
-
-“But where is it now–all that treasure, that beauty? Has every temple
-been ravaged? Has the vandal prowled in the very holy of holies? Are
-only the bare walls left? Only the very skeletons of all that pride of
-the flesh? Or, somewhere, hidden perhaps centuries ago–in some dark
-cranny–in some secret chamber–is there some forgotten masterpiece–some
-beauty of cunning hand, some jewel patiently waiting for one to pluck it
-from its obscurity? There must be. I know there is. Do you hear? I say I
-_know_. There, madame, you have for me the mystery of Venice.”
-
-“For you,” placidly replied Mrs. Gordon, “simply because you are a
-dealer in antiquities. But why is Venice in that regard more mysterious
-than other great cities?”
-
-I thought Mrs. Gordon right. St. Hilary’s enthusiasm was far-fetched.
-The dapper little man, with his black, snapping eyes, his face the color
-of parchment, and lined as the palm of one’s hand, agile as a puppet on
-strings, neat as a tailor’s model, was in earnest, absurdly in earnest,
-in this idle, quaint fancy of his.
-
-“Perhaps so,” he sighed. “Say that it is the passion of the collector
-that talks and not the sober judgment of the dealer. And yet, and yet,
-it is this hope that sends me to impossible places in Persia, to Burma.
-Yes; it has brought me now to Venice.”
-
-“To Venice!” I cried, astonished. “You allow yourself to be mastered by
-a whim, as vague, as visionary as this?”
-
-“My dear Hume, perhaps this whim, as you call it, is not vague or
-visionary to me,” he replied quietly.
-
-“But,” I expostulated, “you have no proofs of your treasure. Why is it
-not behind the glass cases in St. Mark’s yonder? Why are not your
-canvases in the museums? Why are not your antiquities in the shops?”
-
-He looked at me with a strangely thoughtful expression.
-
-“What we have never had we do not miss,” he mused. “No one missed the
-Venus de Milo, or the Frieze of the Parthenon, or the Kohinoor. Yet we
-call them to-day three of the wonders of the world.”
-
-“Because there are but three of them,” I said impatiently. “I am afraid
-you must look far and wide before you find the lucky fourth.”
-
-“No doubt,” he said indifferently, “no doubt.” And then with apparent
-irrelevance, “Now one would not think that crowns were so easily lost.”
-
-“And have they been?” I asked curiously.
-
-“Only the other day eight were found at one digging, not far from
-Toledo. They had been lost for a thousand years. There was a find for
-you. Then the crown of the Emperor of Austria, the holy crown, the
-_szenta korona_, has been lost and found no less than three times. The
-last time (not half a century ago) it disappeared after the defeat of
-Kossuth. Some said it had been taken to London; some, that it was broken
-up and the jewels sold in Constantinople. But for a few florins a
-peasant returned it as mysteriously as it had disappeared. Foolish
-peasant!”
-
-“Mr. St. Hilary,” expostulated Mrs. Gordon severely, “you would not have
-had him do otherwise?”
-
-“I suppose not. But upon my word, sometimes I think that one might as
-well go in for big things as for little. There is the _Gnaga Boh_, the
-Dragon Lord, the most perfect ruby in the world. A half-witted creature,
-the widow of King Theebaw, wears it. We are great friends, that old hag
-and I, and I could have stolen it from her a thousand times. Some day
-perhaps she will give it to me. And that notorious Indian prince,
-Gwaikor of Baroda, has half a dozen stones of price. He, too, is a crony
-of mine. Nothing would be easier than to steal one of them.”
-
-“My dear Mr. St. Hilary,” again interrupted Mrs. Gordon, “surely you do
-not contemplate burglary?”
-
-“That is precisely the trouble,” he complained mournfully, “I have a
-conscience. But findings are certainly keepings.”
-
-“Ah, but it must be so difficult to find one’s findings,” said
-Jacqueline quaintly.
-
-“Not always. Have you never heard how the Hermes of Praxiteles was
-discovered?”
-
-She shook her head.
-
-“Pausanias, an old Greek historian, wrote of that statue about a
-thousand years ago–how he had seen it at Olympia. There was the passage
-for all the world to read. He wrote precisely what there was to dig
-for–precisely where one was to dig. But did any one believe him? Not for
-a thousand years. But when, after a thousand years, a party of Germans
-made up their minds that perhaps there was something in the story, and
-dug in Olympia as he told them, there was their Hermes waiting for them.
-You see one may have information as to where lies one’s treasure
-sometimes. But so few of us have faith.”
-
-“And have you your information as well as your abundant faith, St.
-Hilary?” I inquired with mock solicitude.
-
-At this idle question, his heavily lidded eyes opened wide. The pupils
-dilated. A challenge flashed from their blue depths. I stared at him.
-But almost immediately the heavy lids drooped again.
-
-“All this is extremely interesting, Mr. St. Hilary,” said Jacqueline.
-“But is it not rather wide from our Venetian palace? Why do we wait?”
-
-“Simply, my dear young lady, because the owner happens to be of a
-religious turn of mind; and at this moment, I believe, is confessing his
-sins in San Marco’s yonder.”
-
-“Who is the owner of the palace?” inquired Mrs. Gordon. “And why does he
-wish to sell its contents?”
-
-“The owner is a duke, the Duca da Sestos, and he wishes to sell because
-he is as impecunious as the rest of his tribe.”
-
-“A duke!” cried Mrs. Gordon. “How interesting! And what kind of a duke
-is this gentleman?”
-
-“Of the very flower of the Italian nobility. He is a prince of good
-fellows, a dashing cavalier, handsome as a young god, and twenty-six.”
-
-“How _very_ interesting,” repeated Mrs. Gordon, and looked at
-Jacqueline.
-
-The look troubled me. Jacqueline herself seemed annoyed at it. She
-turned to St. Hilary.
-
-“And have you any other treasures up your sleeve, Mr. St. Hilary?”
-
-“My dear young lady, shall I give you an inventory of one collection I
-know about? I promise to make all your mouths water.
-
-“To begin with, there is a balas-ruby, known as El Spigo, or the ear of
-corn. In the fifteenth century it was valued at the enormous sum of two
-hundred and fifty thousand ducats. Then there is the jewel, El Lupo, the
-wolf. It is one large diamond and three pearls. These two stones would
-take the eye of the vulgar. But imagine a beryl, twice as big as your
-thumb-nail, and on it the portrait of the pope, Clement VII, carved by
-none other than the great Cellini.”
-
-“I will buy it at any price,” cried Jacqueline.
-
-“Then,” continued St. Hilary, touching his forefinger lightly, “there is
-a pale-red ruby. The stone is indifferent. But it is a cameo, and the
-likeness carved on it is that of Ludovico Il Moro, the Duke of Milan.
-Domenico de’ Camei is the artist, and they called him de’ Camei because
-he was the greatest carver of cameos in the world.”
-
-“That is mine,” said Mrs. Gordon, her eyes on San Marco.
-
-“To continue, there is a turquoise cameo, half as large as the palm of
-your hand, and on it is carved the Triumph of Augustus. Thirty figures
-are on that stone. There is an Isis head in malachite. The only other to
-compare with it is in the Hermitage collection at St. Petersburg. Few
-portraits of Beatrice d’Este exist. One of them is carved on one of my
-stones, and is known as a diamond portrait. Imagine a thin plate of
-diamonds, evenly polished on both sides with little facets on the edges.
-The diamonds make, as it were, the glass frame of the portrait itself,
-which is carved on lapis lazuli by the great Ambrosius Caradossa.”
-
-“That,” I interrupted, “must be mine.”
-
-“I must not forget two curious poison-rings–one with a sliding panel;
-the other, still more dangerous, a lion with sharp claws–the claws
-hollowed and communicating with a small poison-receptacle. We must be
-careful how we finger that ring when we take our treasure out of the
-casket. Yes; and the casket itself is worth looking at. By an ingenious
-system of clockwork, the cover could not be opened in less than twelve
-hours.”
-
-“And where, where are all these treasures?” demanded Mrs. Gordon, taking
-her eyes from the cathedral for the moment.
-
-“My dear lady, so far as I know, they are here in Venice.”
-
-“In Venice!” I cried.
-
-“But, unfortunately, they disappeared nearly five hundred years ago.”
-
-There was a chorus of disappointment and reproaches. Mrs. Gordon again
-impatiently turned her attention to San Marco.
-
-“And there is absolutely no clue to them?” demanded Jacqueline.
-
-“No clue, dear lady,” he murmured, spreading wide his hands.
-
-“But at least tell us whose the gems were?” I asked.
-
-“Ah, yes, that at least I can tell you. The gems belonged to Beatrice
-d’Este, Duchess of Milan and wife of Ludovico Il Moro. She pawned them
-to the Doge of Venice to raise money for her husband’s army.”
-
-“And they have absolutely disappeared?” I insisted.
-
-“As if they had never existed. But they do exist, and here in Venice.
-Think of it! In Venice. And now, perhaps, my dear Hume, you can
-understand the fascination of Venice for me.” He sighed deeply.
-
-“But why are you reminded of them so particularly this afternoon?” I
-persisted curiously.
-
-“Because we are going to see the box that is said to have contained the
-casket.”
-
-“In the palace of our duke?” asked Jacqueline’s aunt.
-
-St. Hilary bowed. “In the palace of our duke, madame.”
-
-“And how did it come there?” I asked in my turn.
-
-“It is said that the duke’s ancestor, a great goldsmith in Venice––”
-
-He ended his sentence abruptly. “Here comes our duke,” he said.
-
-I looked up. The dealer in antiquities had not exaggerated his charms.
-He was tall. His figure was as noble as his carriage. His hand rested
-lightly on his sword-hilt. His bold eyes, of a piercing blue, searched
-Jacqueline’s lovely face. He had the all-conquering air of a young god.
-His eyes wandered to mine. We looked steadily at each other. We measured
-each other. Instinctively I distrusted him.
-
-St. Hilary made the introductions. “I have asked my friends to go with
-me. I have not taken too great a liberty?” he said in French.
-
-“Not at all,” assured the duke. “I am only sorry I have kept the ladies
-waiting. My launch is waiting at the Molo. Shall we go at once?”
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER III
-
-
-The Palazzo da Sestos was for many years one of the sights of the Grand
-Canal. It is not more beautiful than a score of others. Its sole
-distinction lay in the fact that its faded green shutters had been
-barred for something more than half a century. Other palaces are closed
-for a year–for ten years. But for fifty years no butcher or baker boy
-had pulled the rusty bell-rope at the little rear street–no gondola had
-paused at its moss-grown steps. It had acquired something of mystery. It
-was pointed out to the tourist as inevitably as the glass-factory of
-Salviati.
-
-But to-day the wide iron gates stood open. The steam-launch swept
-between the palace steps and the huge spiles, still proud in their very
-decrepitude, crowned with the corno and adorned with the da Sestos coat
-of arms. A servant, shaking and bobbing his white old head, stood on the
-marble steps that dipped down to the water.
-
-We entered the echoing hall, and an indescribable odor of damp mortar
-and dust made us cough. Something scurried across the red and white
-marble flags. A bat, blinded by the sudden light, swirled about the hall
-in circles. Mrs. Gordon shivered and clutched the duke’s arm. Jacqueline
-gathered up her skirts carefully about her. There was something unclean
-and uncanny about the place.
-
-The lofty hall ran through the palace. Beyond was another iron gate,
-opening on the garden, now a wild confusion of clambering grape-vines
-and ivy and myrtle, that rioted up the crumbling walls and choked and
-twined themselves about the broken statuary and the yellow-stained
-well-curb. On either side of the hall were stone benches, and over each
-long seat the da Sestos coat of arms again, the strange insignia of a
-protruding hand clasping a huge key. Doors to the right and left led to
-the Magazzini, or store-rooms, in which, years ago, when Venice was the
-mistress of the world in commerce, the _nobili_ stored their
-merchandise. St. Hilary, who had unconsciously taken the lead, cast a
-disdainful eye on the bare walls, and hurried to the stairway.
-
-At the landing we paused. Two massively carved doors faced us, the one
-opening on the Sala Grande, the other to a long succession of small
-reception-rooms, leading one out of the other. Luigi tremblingly
-unlocked the doors of the Sala, and threw them back with ceremony,
-holding high above his head a flickering candle.
-
-We stood without, peering into the darkness, while the old man tottered
-across the vast room and unbarred a shutter. The candle shone pale in
-the light of day. He pushed open a window, and a faint breeze touched
-our cheeks. One breathed again. The sun streamed on the shining floor of
-colored cement, gaily embedded with little pieces of marble. I looked
-about me.
-
-Great yellow sheets shrouded everything–the tapestries, the pictures,
-the furniture. St. Hilary tore the sheets down impatiently, Luigi
-looking from master to dealer in troubled amazement and indignation. At
-last the noble room stood revealed. The little frivolous company of
-smartly dressed men and women in flannels and muslins seemed strangely
-like intruders in this great apartment of faded magnificence and
-mournful grandeur.
-
-Flemish tapestries covered the vast expanse of the walls. Throne-chairs
-in Genoese velvet and brocade and stamped leather, each with the
-inevitable arms in gold appliqué, were ranged formally side by side.
-There was a magnificent center-table, the heavy malachite top with its
-mosaic center and Etruscan border, supported by four elaborately carved
-winged goddesses. There were antique Spanish and Italian cabinets of
-tortoise-shell and ivory and ebony. At either end of the room were two
-cavernous fireplaces, the pilasters covered with exquisitely carved
-cherubs and Raphaelesque scrolls. Vases of verde; trousseau-chests of
-ebony; consol-tables of bronze and ormulu; jewel-boxes of jasper and
-lapis lazuli; clocks of bronze and Sienna marble; marble busts;
-portières of silk and velvet; Florentine mirrors; Venetian chandeliers
-of pink and white and blue Venetian glass–all belonged to the Venice of
-the Renaissance–to Venice in its splendor.
-
-“I suppose,” said the duke, looking about, “this old room has had its
-chairs and tables standing precisely as you see them for two hundred
-years.”
-
-“And, now,” said Mrs. Gordon reproachfully, “you dare to despoil it?
-Were I you, it would sadden me to sell at a price these dumb things to
-that terrible dealer, darting about with his note-book from treasure to
-treasure.”
-
-“_Per Baccho!_” laughed the duke. “Why should I have any sentiment for a
-place and for things that are as strange to me as to you? They have only
-recently become mine, and that by an accident. If Luigi, now, were
-having his say, it might be different, eh, old man?”
-
-Luigi had been dogging the footsteps of the dealer, replacing the
-coverings. He looked up anxiously.
-
-“What! his Excellency is to sell this palace?” he faltered.
-
-“All,” said the duke lightly, and ignored him. “You must know, ladies,
-that the uncle, by whose timely death I inherited the palace, was the
-last Venetian of our name. He never set foot in this palace, I am told.
-He lived abroad. The traditions of these Venetians were not his. Nor are
-they mine. I prefer to make traditions of my own. I am from Turin.
-There, one is at least in the world. There, one has ambitions for power
-and glory.”
-
-“With ambition you will arrive far,” said Mrs. Gordon adoringly.
-
-“But these Venetians, bah, I know them!” he continued. “To gossip a
-little, to dawdle over their silly newspapers at the Café Quadri–to eat,
-to drink, to flirt–that is their dream of happiness. They are rocked to
-sleep in their wonderful gondolas. They drift on the smooth surface of
-their sluggish canals out to the great sea of oblivion. No. The silent
-waterways of this melancholy, faded Venice are not exactly paths of
-glory.”
-
-“No,” said Jacqueline, and perhaps unconsciously she looked at me.
-
-I deserved the reproachful glance, no doubt. I should have borne it
-meekly enough had not the duke noticed it as well as myself. As he led
-the way through the reception-rooms, he stared curiously at me, and then
-at Jacqueline. He smiled. My vague dislike became more definite.
-
-These reception-rooms were monotonously alike. Our interest began to
-flag. But the indefatigable dealer of antiquities had seen enough to
-awaken his enthusiasm. It was natural that he should peer and pry. It
-was his business, I suppose, to finger brocades, to try the springs of
-chairs. But there was not a trousseau-chest whose cover he did not lift,
-an armoire or cabinet that he did not look within. I thought his
-eagerness bordered almost on vulgarity, until I remembered the box that
-held the da Sestos cabinet. He was looking for it, of course.
-
-At last he gave a little cry of satisfaction. He turned to Mrs. Gordon.
-We had reached the last of the _camerini_.
-
-“You will remember, madame, I was telling you an extraordinary story of
-the lost gems of the Beatrice d’Este. It is true that I can not show you
-the jewels. Nor the casket that contained the jewels. But if it would
-interest you to see the box that contained the casket, behold it!”
-
-He touched lightly with his cane a steel chest that stood on a
-consol-table.
-
-“And how are you to prove this?” asked Mrs. Gordon, a little
-skeptically.
-
-St. Hilary pointed to the cover. On it was engraved: “_Giovanni da
-Sestos fecit, 1525_.”
-
-“A da Sestos made the casket for the jewels!” exclaimed Mrs. Gordon,
-glancing at the duke.
-
-“It is a matter of history,” replied St. Hilary.
-
-“Jewels!” cried the duke. “What is this about a da Sestos making a
-casket for jewels?”
-
-“I was amusing the ladies this afternoon with the story of the
-mysterious disappearance of the D’Este gems. As a matter of fact, they
-did not merely disappear, Mrs. Gordon. They were stolen, and stolen, if
-the legend be true, from one of his Grace’s ancestors.”
-
-“An ancestor of mine?” cried the duke. “Impossible.”
-
-“He was a marvelous artist and clock-maker,” returned St. Hilary coolly.
-“He was the first Venetian of his name to become famous, though I
-believe his end was rather tragic.”
-
-“You seem to know a great deal about the affairs of my family, Mr. St.
-Hilary. It is strange that I have never heard of this ancestor and his
-casket.”
-
-“Not so strange,” replied the dealer, “seeing that nearly five hundred
-years have passed since then. As to the casket, it is a curiosity, and a
-matter of history. There are few curiosities in the world that escape
-the notice of us dealers in antiquities. It is our business to know
-about them.”
-
-“Perhaps you will enlighten me as to this strange story,” said the duke.
-
-“Some day,” promised St. Hilary carelessly. “Any day, in fact, that you
-have half an hour to smoke a cigar with me at Florian’s.” Then he turned
-to old Luigi, who was nervously fumbling with his keys. “Have we seen
-everything? All the rooms?”
-
-The old man bowed. “Everything, signore.”
-
-“That door, where does it lead?”
-
-Luigi pressed down the handle and threw it open.
-
-“Good heavens, Mr. St. Hilary!” cried the duke, “are you looking for the
-gems you have been romancing about? Surely by this time you have seen
-everything.”
-
-The dealer paid little heed to the duke’s remonstrances. He was
-fingering the tapestries. The duke turned to the ladies with a gesture
-of annoyance.
-
-“Shall we now leave this mad dealer to his own devices? It would please
-me very much if both of you would choose some souvenir of our delightful
-afternoon. I am reluctant to let the terrible American have everything.
-Shall we go to the reception-rooms again? It is there that we shall find
-the more interesting pieces of bric-à-brac.”
-
-The duke and the ladies left the sala, old Luigi leading the way. Myself
-his Grace had ignored completely.
-
-I turned listlessly to join St. Hilary. To my astonishment he absolutely
-disappeared. I walked the full length of the sala, quite mystified; for
-I had observed only one exit.
-
-As I stood in a dim corner of the vast apartment one of the tapestries
-opposite shook. St. Hilary emerged from behind it. He glanced around the
-room an instant, and then, thinking himself unseen, he walked rapidly
-into the reception-room after the others.
-
-My curiosity was thoroughly aroused. I lifted the tapestry in my turn
-and felt along the wall behind it.
-
-Suddenly this wall gave way to the pressure of my hand. I had pushed
-open a door.
-
-I found myself in a narrow chamber, hardly larger than a coat-closet. I
-struck a match. But before I could explore the interior, the tapestry
-was lifted once more, and Luigi appeared, the lighted candle still in
-his hand.
-
-“What is the signore doing in there?” he demanded with an anxiety that
-seemed to me rather uncalled for.
-
-“I thought that you had shown all the apartments, Luigi?”
-
-“But his Excellency will be annoyed if he sees you here,” persisted the
-old servant.
-
-“Not at all,” said a cold voice, and the duke entered, followed by the
-others.
-
-“My dear Richard,” laughed Jacqueline, “this is deliciously mysterious.
-So you have actually discovered a hidden chamber?”
-
-“Quite what one might expect in an old Venetian palace,” added Mrs.
-Gordon. “Now if you have found Mr. St. Hilary’s jewels, it will be
-perfect.”
-
-“I doubt if my friend Hume has wit enough to have made the discovery
-that it is nothing but a bare chamber,” cried the dealer, darting at me
-a look of intense annoyance.
-
-“Oh, it is no discovery of mine,” I said calmly. “I have merely followed
-where St. Hilary led.”
-
-“As a dealer in antiquities I am naturally interested in curiosities,
-even in curious chambers.”
-
-“All the same, your knowledge of my palace is rather extraordinary–even
-for a dealer in antiquities,” cried the duke.
-
-St. Hilary took the lighted candle from the servant.
-
-“If you were a better Venetian,” he retorted, “and were familiar with
-the archives of the Frari, you would know that the Inquisition of Venice
-had plans of every palace in the city. I happen to have examined them.
-That is all.”
-
-“But your Excellency will observe,” said old Luigi unconcernedly, “that
-the room is quite empty.”
-
-“Yes, yes,” agreed the dealer, pushing us gently without.
-
-“No, not quite,” I said, looking at him keenly. “What is this on the
-shelf here?”
-
-“A clock!” exclaimed Jacqueline.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER IV
-
-
-It stood on a stone shelf built out from the wall as high as one could
-reach.
-
-“Tut, tut, a broken-down clock,” cried St. Hilary contemptuously.
-“Nothing could be more useless and uninteresting,” and he blew out the
-candle.
-
-We trooped into the sala again.
-
-“And now, Duke, having thoroughly explored your house beautiful, even to
-the recesses of the hidden and mysterious chamber, I’m quite prepared to
-make you an offer at your convenience.”
-
-“There is all the time in the world for that, Mr. St. Hilary,” replied
-the duke impatiently. “The ladies have not yet chosen their souvenirs.
-What gift will you honor me by accepting?” He turned to Jacqueline.
-
-She hesitated, and looked at Mrs. Gordon.
-
-“My dear Jacqueline,” encouraged her aunt, “I am sure Mr. St. Hilary
-will not make his offer much less for anything that you might choose.”
-
-“No,” said the dealer, making figures in his note-book, “I have quite
-decided on the sum. Let me recommend to your notice this faience
-pitcher. I assure you it is rare. You can see for yourself that it is
-beautiful.”
-
-“If it is really of no value in itself,” said Jacqueline, disregarding
-St. Hilary’s pitcher, “there is nothing that appeals to me more than
-that steel box. Mr. St. Hilary’s story has quite touched my
-imagination.”
-
-“It is already yours. And now what will madame choose?”
-
-“Could I examine that decrepit old clock in the hidden room again? I
-happen to be making a collection of clocks.”
-
-“Then you can make no mistake about this superb specimen in Sienna
-marble,” urged the dealer.
-
-“But, like Jacqueline,” smilingly protested Mrs. Gordon, “I prefer
-something that has a touch of mystery about it. And that old clock, shut
-up in the darkness there, one knows not how many years, ought to have a
-history.”
-
-“But it is so very, very old,” cried old Luigi deprecatingly. “It has
-not gone for two hundred years.”
-
-“That hardly makes it less interesting,” I said dryly. “Let us see the
-clock by all means.” The reluctance of both St. Hilary and Luigi had
-struck me as being rather strange.
-
-“Your Excellency surely does not mean to give it away? It is an heirloom
-of the family,” expostulated old Luigi obstinately.
-
-“I have told you to bring it out,” commanded the duke.
-
-Very reluctantly the old man entered the little chamber.
-
-“It is too heavy,” he cried from within. “I can not lift it.”
-
-Duke da Sestos and myself went to his assistance. Together we carried it
-to the sala and placed it on the center-table. The slight jar set a
-number of bells ringing in musical confusion.
-
-Certainly it was unique–at least I had never seen anything like it.
-
-Imagine an oblong box of bronze, about as long as one’s arm, and
-three-quarters as high. Around three sides of this box ran a little
-platform, heavily gilded. Immediately above this platform were twelve
-doors, three at either end, and six at the face. It was almost bare of
-ornament, except that on the top had been three figures. The heads and
-arms of all three were now broken off.
-
-“Its very simplicity and ugliness interest one,” cried Mrs. Gordon with
-enthusiasm. “And those twelve doors certainly mean that it is an
-automaton, do they not, Mr. St. Hilary? One can imagine the stiff little
-figures that appear, each at its hour, and at their respective
-doors–kings with their crowns of gold, ginger-bread Virgins, prelates
-with their miters, and armored knights. Each figure in its hour does its
-devoirs, I suppose, and disappears again.”
-
-“At every shake of the table,” said Jacqueline, “its bells clang
-angrily. You might think it was offended at being disturbed after its
-long sleep of two hundred years.”
-
-“Yes,” confessed the duke, looking at the clock thoughtfully, “it awakes
-a fantastic note that will strike in the fancy of the most dull. Think
-what stories of love and intrigue it has listened to! What deeds of
-revenge and hate it has looked down upon! At what hours of agony and
-ecstasy have those bells not chimed? What death-knells to hopes, what
-peals of love and happiness!”
-
-Jacqueline had been turning the clock slowly around. Suddenly she sank
-on her knees to examine it more closely, and read aloud:
-
- Se mi guardi con cura,
- Se mi ascolti con attenzione,
- E se, nell’ intendermi, tu Sei cosi acorto com’ io lo sono nel dirti–
- T’ arridera la Fortuna.
-
-“Will you translate it for me, please?”
-
-“‘If you guard me carefully, if you listen to me diligently, if you are
-as clever in understanding me as I am in telling you, Fortune will smile
-on you,’” translated the duke.
-
-“The delicious braggart!” cried Mrs. Gordon delightedly. “Now what do
-you think that brave promise means, Mr. St. Hilary?”
-
-“Pooh, pooh, madame! It promises too much to mean anything. ‘Early to
-bed and early to rise, makes a man healthy and wealthy and wise.’ ‘Time
-is money’–there are a score of proverbs as vague and as meaningless.”
-
-“Oh, but you mustn’t cast any aspersions on my dear clock. Perhaps Luigi
-can read the riddle more cleverly. Do you know if there is any legend
-connected with the clock?”
-
-The old man hesitated.
-
-“Come, come, speak up,” said the duke roughly.
-
-“Ah, yes, your Excellency,” replied the old man. “But I implore you not
-to sell or give away the clock. You will always regret it. Good luck
-goes with the clock, your Excellency.”
-
-“But the motto,” urged Mrs. Gordon. “Has it any meaning?”
-
-“Yes, yes, signora. It means that each hour brings its own gift, if one
-can only understand. One may never suffer, not hunger nor cold, not
-poverty nor disappointment, if one can only read the secret of each
-hour. For at every hour something wonderful is told. And the clock is a
-charm against the Evil One. My father told me, and his father told him.
-Yes; we have guarded it carefully in that quiet room. It has stood there
-as long as I can remember. And now your Excellency will give it away!
-Misfortune will come; I know it.”
-
-“Be still, imbecile. Madame, shall I have the clock taken to my launch
-for you?”
-
-“Oh, don’t deprive the old man of his charm against the evil eye, aunt,”
-said Jacqueline lightly, half pitying, half mocking the old servant’s
-distress.
-
-“I would remind Miss Quintard that it is I who am deprived of the charm,
-if there is any, and not Luigi,” laughed the duke.
-
-“I would be the last one to bring you ill fortune,” jested Mrs. Gordon.
-Then very slowly, “But I intend to bring you good fortune, not to take
-it away from you.”
-
-“I am hoping precisely for that,” said the duke gravely, and looked at
-Jacqueline.
-
-Jacqueline was still kneeling before the clock.
-
-“How I should like to know what you really mean, foolish legend,” she
-said wistfully.
-
-I leaned on the table and stooped toward her.
-
-“If one were to run down that legend, it would require patience and
-perseverance enough to satisfy even you, would it not, Jacqueline?” I
-asked lightly.
-
-She smiled, but seeing that I was half in earnest, became serious.
-
-“Yes,” she said slowly, “I believe it would.”
-
-“Then, Jacqueline, when I begin my legends of Venice, shall I take up
-first the legend of this old clock?”
-
-“Do,” she said carelessly. “Aunt would thank you, I know.”
-
-I walked over to the window, and looked gloomily without. I had hoped
-Jacqueline was in earnest when she suggested that I should write a book
-on the legends of Venice. But now that I wished to take her desire
-seriously, she was evidently inclined to laugh at me.
-
-“Will you clap your hands for the servant in my launch to come up?”
-asked the duke. “I wish him to carry the clock down for Mrs. Gordon.”
-
-“One moment, please,” said St. Hilary. “I am collector enough to
-understand Mrs. Gordon’s enthusiasm. But being a dealer as well as a
-collector, I cannot allow this enthusiasm to interfere with my
-pocket-book. I know, Mrs. Gordon, you would never forgive me if I did
-not say that my sneers at the value of the clock were the pretense of
-the dealer who depreciates a thing that he may get it the cheaper. The
-clock, madame, is a valuable antique. The value of the things in this
-palace will be lowered considerably if it is not included in its
-contents.”
-
-There was an awkward pause. The duke reddened with anger.
-
-“In that case,” said Mrs. Gordon, greatly embarrassed, “I could not
-dream, of course––”
-
-“Mr. St. Hilary,” said the duke coldly, “the clock is not for sale to
-you at any price. Madame, you will not offend me by refusing?”
-
-Mrs. Gordon gazed at her niece in perplexity.
-
-“You would find it rather difficult to carry it about with you in
-Europe,” said Jacqueline lamely.
-
-“Yes, I am afraid I should,” declared Mrs. Gordon with alacrity.
-
-“If you will entrust the task to me, I shall be charmed to have it
-packed and sent to America for you,” volunteered St. Hilary. He seemed
-eager to atone for his ill-timed remarks of a moment before.
-
-“But Mr. Hume tells me he is going to write a book on the legends of
-Venice,” interrupted Jacqueline. “A moment ago, aunt, he suggested that
-he might be able to discover one about this very clock, and I encouraged
-him to try. Why not let Mr. Hume take care of it during our travels?”
-
-I professed my willingness joyfully, and though it was evident that
-neither the duke nor St. Hilary welcomed Jacqueline’s suggestion, the
-clock was soon placed in a gondola I summoned.
-
-To its chimes the fortunes of da Sestos and myself were to dance
-merrily.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER V
-
-
-The day following I was strangely depressed. I had run the gantlet of
-hope and doubt. Jacqueline’s various moods had baffled me. And the
-duke–frankly, I feared him. Jacqueline had so obviously admired him. He
-stood for the very qualities that I lacked. The glamour of his name, the
-luxurious environment he scorned so vigorously, his verve, and, above
-all, his alliance with Mrs. Gordon, made him a formidable rival. For
-that Mrs. Gordon, in some subtle way, had already come to a vague
-understanding with him, I did not doubt.
-
-Two letters were on the tray that brought in my morning coffee. One from
-Jacqueline; the other from her brother. They called to me in quite
-different directions. Jacqueline to her side; the brother to his
-assistance in Rome. The young fool was in trouble–trouble serious enough
-to demand the assistance of one who had influence with the authorities.
-I happened to fill that position. I must go to his aid.
-
-In Jacqueline’s letter I fancied I read a tenderness that was altogether
-new and delightful. It was no longer the reserved Jacqueline that spoke.
-There was a delightful shyness, but through the shyness spoke the woman
-who dared to be bold for the man she loved.
-
-She wished me to call at once. We would discuss the book together. And
-she had invited St. Hilary and myself to dinner that evening. After I
-had left them yesterday he had hinted at a wonderful story about the old
-clock. She would make him talk. I should have copy for one of my legends
-at least.
-
-But I could not hesitate as to my destination. For, in assisting her
-brother, I would be doing Jacqueline a favor. Unfortunately, I could not
-tell her why I had to leave Venice so peremptorily. Neither she nor her
-aunt must know that the youngster had made an ass of himself. I wrote
-her merely that an affair of importance had called me to Rome. I caught
-the first train south.
-
-Ten days passed before I sniffed once more the pungent odor of the
-lagoons. There had been complications and delays; and in his remorse the
-boy had had a touch of Roman fever. I could not leave him like that.
-
-A letter from Jacqueline awaited me. It had arrived only a day or two
-before. Her annoyance at my sudden flight from Venice was obvious.
-
-She regretted my absence at her dinner, but I had not missed much. St.
-Hilary had refused to talk. Perhaps there was really no legend, after
-all. And, indeed, when one came to think over the matter calmly, was it
-worth while attempting to discover one? And was I really interested in
-writing the book–that is, for its own sake? I ought to be well assured
-of that. She was afraid she would not see me again for the present. They
-were to leave almost immediately for Bellagio.
-
-I walked over to my window. I was bitterly hurt and disappointed.
-
-Venice was storm-swept. The Giudecca, deserted, was lashed by wind and
-rain. The ships, moored near the Salute, tossed and swayed at their
-anchors. The goddess over the customs-house spun about on her golden
-ball and vainly tried to shield herself behind her flimsy veil.
-
-The brightness and glory of Venice had vanished as in a dream. The
-palaces, ivory and gold in the sunlight, looked sodden and decayed in
-the gloom, like an old woman deprived of her rouge-pot and powder.
-Venice, in short, was a painting, a masterpiece, if you wish, which the
-mischievous fist of some mawkish infant had smeared and smudged. The
-pigeons, the cafés, the gondolas–they are the creatures of the sun.
-To-day the pigeons were huddled under the Dome of the Salute; the cafés
-deserted; the gondolas covered with tarpaulin.
-
-But as I looked, a gondola, rowed by two oarsmen, emerged from the rain
-and fog. It was headed directly for the landing outside my windows. It
-touched the steps. The old _gransieri_, shivering in an archway,
-pattered across the quay with his hook. The passenger leaped ashore. It
-was St. Hilary. And in this weather!
-
-I drew the portière. I walked over to the mantel and felt for a match to
-light the gas, for it was growing late. As I struck it, half a dozen
-visiting-cards caught my eye–eight, to be quite precise. One of the
-eight was that of the Duke da Sestos. What humble attraction had I for
-the noble gentleman? The seven others bore the name of St. Hilary. Seven
-calls in ten days! I looked at them thoughtfully. And then–why, I have
-no idea–I thought of the mysterious clock that Mrs. Gordon had entrusted
-to my care, and that I had left with a jeweler on the Piazza to see if
-it was quite beyond repair. It would be just as well to say nothing of
-that to the dealer. I was curious to know precisely the fascination that
-the old timepiece had for him.
-
-“I was longing for some one to talk to. Just returned from a little trip
-to Rome. What’s the news?”
-
-“Oh, I have just dropped in for a smoke. Where’s your whisky? I am
-drenched through. The felsa of that confounded gondola leaked.”
-
-I caught the swift glance that took in every detail of my room. I waved
-my hand to the side-board.
-
-“Help yourself. I’ll join you presently, when I have slipped into a
-bath-robe. You’ll find the cigarettes by the whisky.”
-
-I stepped into my room. I heard the fizz of the siphon. I caught the
-fumes of his cigarette. I heard the creak of a wicker-chair as he threw
-himself into it. Then there was silence. I was about to rejoin him, when
-I happened to look into my mirror. St. Hilary was reflected in it, and
-he was opening a coat-closet.
-
-I whistled noisily, and put my eye to a crack in the door. He was
-looking into a cabinet. Then he pulled aside the portière that hid the
-deep recess of the window. Another puzzled glance about the room, and he
-sank noiselessly into the chair. It was not difficult to put two and two
-together. He was looking for Mrs. Gordon’s clock. Well, he should
-satisfy himself thoroughly that it was not on my premises. Then I would
-wait for his next move. I entered my sitting-room, still whistling.
-
-“Just a word to my man, and I’m ready for our smoke,” I said, and went
-into the sala. I banged the door after me, but took pains to leave it
-carefully ajar.
-
-It was as I thought. He promptly slipped into my bedroom. I waited
-considerately for him to resume his seat before joining him.
-
-“Well, indefatigable peerer and pryer for the rare and odd, what is the
-news of the past ten days?” I asked, reaching for the Scotch.
-
-I knew he was watching me closely. The nouns were a trifle suggestive.
-
-“No news so far as I know. I have been buried in the palazzo of the
-duke, making an inventory of things. Interesting old palace, eh?”
-
-I nodded, and blew a cloud of cigarette-smoke into the air.
-
-“Nice chap, the duke.”
-
-I nodded again.
-
-“Extremely gallant to the ladies.”
-
-Again I nodded, but without much enthusiasm.
-
-“Rather pretty compliment, his giving them those souvenirs.”
-
-“No one but an Italian would have thought of it.”
-
-“But I must say I was disgusted at the poor taste of the ladies.”
-
-“Why so?”
-
-“My dear fellow, did you observe that bowl of majolica? Or that superb
-cloisonné Kioto vase? With carved ivories galore and a plaque of della
-Robbia to choose from, and to pick out a silly timepiece.”
-
-“Ah, yes,” I remarked dryly, “you had an eye on that clock yourself,
-hadn’t you?”
-
-“Tut, tut, I have an eye on everything that is useless and odd. By the
-way, she asked you to keep it for her. I should like to have a look at
-it. Trot it out, my boy.”
-
-I gazed into St. Hilary’s innocent blue eyes, and laughed quietly. “The
-other day, in Rome,” I said slowly, “I met on the street a certain
-Captain Villari. He’s as poor as the proverbial mouse, and an
-acquaintance. He asked me to go to the opera with him, I did not refuse,
-though the invitation, coming from him, surprised me. And the inevitable
-happened, of course. At the very box-office, he discovered with cries of
-consternation that he had left all his money in his other uniform. Might
-he dare, would I think it too presuming, if he asked me for the loan of
-ten lire until to-morrow?
-
-“I assured him with all the warmth in the world that it would be a
-privilege, I put my hand in my pocket to oblige him. _Accidenti!_ Was
-there ever such devilish luck! I had left my money in my morning
-clothes!
-
-“We looked at each other half a minute; then we embraced with laughter.
-It was such an odd coincidence. And so we went our separate ways, quite
-good-naturedly. He knew I was lying. I knew he had been lying. What do
-you think of my story?”
-
-“What has that story to do with an old timepiece?” he blustered.
-
-I leaned forward and tapped him on the knee.
-
-“Only this, my crafty dealer in antiquities. You, as well as my captain,
-are too crafty by half. You know the timepiece is not in these rooms,
-just as well as I do myself.”
-
-“I don’t understand you,” he fumed.
-
-“No? Then what were you looking for a minute or two ago? In that
-cabinet, behind the portière there? By Jove, you had the impertinence to
-lift the cover of my trunk in the bedroom.”
-
-If I had expected him to show shame or confusion, I was much mistaken.
-He stared at me a moment. Then he threw back his head and laughed.
-
-“It wasn’t nice of me, I confess,” he said coolly. “I should have acted
-with my customary frankness, and have asked to see it first.”
-
-“I think it would have been the better way. As to this customary
-frankness of yours, you guard that virtue so closely that I am a
-stranger to it.”
-
-“Very well, I’ll give you an instance of it. Now that my cards are on
-the table, what have you done with the clock?”
-
-“Is that what you call being frank? I fail to see those cards of yours
-on the table even now. Play fair, St. Hilary.”
-
-“I don’t understand you,” he said, and his neck took on a purple tinge.
-
-“You understand me perfectly. Just as my captain did. And I have both
-eyes and ears. Let me remind you, in the first place, you were perfectly
-well aware that the clock was in the palace. You looked for it
-deliberately, but slyly. When I was curious in my turn, you were hardly
-pleased. You pooh-poohed the chamber. You made fun of the clock. You
-blew out the candle promptly that no one might examine it. When Mrs.
-Gordon insisted on doing so, you vainly attempted to divert her
-interest. As a last resort, you tried to make it impossible for her to
-accept it by asserting that it was an antique of great value. Don’t you
-think that was in extremely bad taste?”
-
-“My dear fellow, desperate cases require desperate remedies.”
-
-“Ah, then you confess that you were even desperately anxious to have the
-clock? Why should you deny it? There is nothing to be ashamed of. Your
-eight calls have made me quite certain of that, and the fact that you
-played the spy, looking into my trunk just now.”
-
-St. Hilary laughed, a little too boisterously.
-
-“Good, good!” he cried. “I confess I didn’t credit my dear dilettante
-with quite so observing an eye. And if I were to confess that this old
-clock interests me beyond belief, why should you not satisfy my
-curiosity? Have you any interest in it? An interest that conflicts with
-mine, for instance?” and he looked at me curiously.
-
-“It is quite possible,” I answered calmly.
-
-“And this interest really conflicts with mine?”
-
-“Why not?” I answered, smiling at him.
-
-“Then I see no reason why I should not go my way and you yours.” He
-picked up his hat in high dudgeon and walked toward the door.
-
-“Nor do I,” I answered, reaching for a cigar. “However, let me remind
-you that I still have the clock.”
-
-It may seem strange and unreasonable that I should have assumed so
-cautious a tone with the dealer. My interest in the clock was simply
-that I wished to write up the legend connected with it, if legend there
-was. But I browbeat him to punish him. He had not come to me frankly and
-openly. He had spied on me and he had lied to me. The penalty for that
-must be a full confession as to why he attached such tremendous
-importance to this clock.
-
-He stood at the door. His eyes devoured my face with that same searching
-glance that had so startled me on the Piazza a few days before.
-
-“Trust me, St. Hilary,” I said very quietly. “I am not a man to betray a
-confidence–certainly not the confidence of a friend like you. And it is
-barely possible I may help you.”
-
-“I have thought that, too,” he said, and hesitated.
-
-“Then why not?”
-
-“Because you are too much of the dilettante, the dreamer,” he said
-angrily. “Bah, I need a man like the Duke da Sestos–a man that has grit
-and resource–who can even be unscrupulous on occasion–yes, look into a
-friend’s trunk and not feel too squeamish. I do need help; but could you
-go to extreme ends with me patiently and relentlessly? You hardly fill
-the bill, Hume.”
-
-He had quoted almost Jacqueline’s words. He could have said nothing that
-would have touched me so deeply. I answered him impetuously:
-
-“St. Hilary, do you forget that it was you who made me a dreamer? It is
-you who first preached to me impossible ideals of beauty and art. And
-when I failed to reach those ideals, you laughed at me; you consoled me
-with sneers. If I had not a soul to appreciate art and beauty, there was
-still the sensuous Venice for me to enjoy. And so, month by month, I
-have sunk into the slough of materialism, until, at last, it is almost
-too late for me to shake myself free. First, the woman I love flaunts at
-the dilettante, and then it is my friend.”
-
-He stared at me; then, rising, he walked over to where I sat and put his
-hand on my shoulder.
-
-“What do you mean–that the woman you love has flaunted you?”
-
-I told him quite simply. He passed his hand across his forehead.
-
-“My dear, dear Hume,” he said affectionately, “forgive me. Love is a
-thing dead and past for me. I am in the sere leaf and brown. I had
-forgotten that love might come into your life. So your interest in the
-clock, after all, is simply that you wish to write a legend about it?”
-
-“Yes.”
-
-“Listen to me. Hume. I have a quest that demands patience, courage,
-faith, a will that is relentless. If I shared it with you, could you
-bring to it these qualities?”
-
-“Try me,” I said firmly. “If it is a task that demands action, and if it
-concerns this clock, I am with you heart and soul.”
-
-“It does concern the clock. But it is a hundred-to-one shot, with the
-odds all against us. If you fail, at least you will have your legend. If
-you succeed, you will share equally with myself. I have needed one for
-this quest in whose honesty I could have absolute faith. I have thought
-of you, but only to mistrust you. If I trust you now, will you follow
-where I shall lead?”
-
-“Try me,” I said again.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER VI
-
-
-He unbuttoned his frock-coat (I had never seen him wear any garment less
-formal) and took out of it a slender little volume in vellum covers. He
-passed it to me in silence. I opened it. It was a manuscript copy,
-roughly stitched together. I recognized the handwriting as that of St.
-Hilary.
-
-“Well?” I asked curiously, returning it to him.
-
-“This is a crude translation of certain passages in the Diary of Marius
-Sanudo, a Venetian who lived about the beginning of the sixteenth
-century. I made this translation in the Royal Library at Vienna the
-other day. The Diary is one of the rarest books in the world. You are
-wide enough awake to listen to it for an hour or two?”
-
-“It concerns the clock?”
-
-“It concerns the casket and the clock. You may imagine these extracts as
-being divided into two chapters. Chapter I–concerning the jewels and the
-casket; Chapter II–the clock. My remarks may be supposed to constitute a
-third chapter. You have heard of Beatrice d’Este, the Duchess of Milan
-and wife of Ludovico the Moor?”
-
-“Practically only what you have told me about her. I know she lived
-during the latter part of the fifteenth century.”
-
-“Then I suppose you have never seen her portrait, attributed to Leonardo
-da Vinci. It hangs in the Ambrosiana Library at Milan, the second room
-to the left as you enter; and I assure you that it is well worth a
-little pilgrimage to Milan to see. It is a profile of extraordinary
-charm–a young girl of eighteen. It is difficult to imagine this adorable
-child–for she was only twenty-two when she died–as an ambassadress to
-the most powerful court in Europe.
-
-“Her husband, Ludovico, toward the last part of his reign, was hard
-pressed by his foes. After intrigues with two kings and a pope, he found
-himself caught in the web of his own treachery. He needed money to pay
-his allies. But his wonderful Sala del Tesoro, with its oak chest of
-gold and plate, was empty. Only the jewels were left. I have already
-told you that this collection has never since been equaled in artistic
-value.
-
-“Now, if you are familiar with the financial methods of these princes of
-the Renaissance, you will know that in times of stress they resorted to
-the rather vulgar expedient of simply putting their jewels in pawn.
-
-“Beatrice had conducted these delicate little transactions at Venice for
-her husband more than once. But now, before she had recourse to this
-last desperate expedient, she was to plead before the Signory, as his
-ambassadress, for help both of money and men. If the Signory refused to
-help Ludovico, her husband, she was to appeal to the Doge; for the old
-man had already shown the utmost regard for this high-spirited young
-duchess. If, however, both Doge and Signory failed her, she was to pawn
-the jewels with Albani, the richest goldsmith in Venice.
-
-“With this introduction, I will read you the first extract from the
-Diary of Messer Sanudo:
-
-“‘Of all the cities of the world, Venice is the one where the greatest
-honor is paid to strangers. But never was lord or lady received with
-greater joy by the Signory in council. The Doge himself conducted her to
-the seat of honor, and all eyes were turned to her in admiration at her
-divine beauty. She wore a gold brocade embroidered with crimson doves,
-with a jeweled feather in her cap, and a rope of pearls and diamonds
-around her neck, to which the priceless ruby, the most glorious stone, I
-think, man has ever seen, called El Spigo, is fastened as pendant.
-
-“‘All were amazed at the words of wisdom and eloquence that fell from
-her childish lips. She set forth her love for Venice, and piteously
-implored our help against Milan’s foes. If it were not possible for us
-to furnish men, at least let her not return quite empty of hand to her
-dear lord; for she would rather die than cause him such grief and
-despair.
-
-“‘The Signory and Doge listened to her courteously. When she had ended,
-the Doge rose and thanked her graciously for the words she had spoken.
-He declared that nothing would give the Signory greater joy than to do
-all she had asked. But he reminded her that at this time Venice was
-herself at war with Genoa, her hereditary foe. Her own treasury was
-empty. There was hardly to be found in all Venice a noble or plebeian
-who had not loaned to the state money out of his private fortune. When
-he had said this, he descended from his dais again, and gently taking
-her by the hand, so led her without, the Signory being moved to
-admiration at her dignity and grace.’”
-
-“And of course they denied her petition, since they were Venetians?”
-
-“That goes without saying. Have I not said that the jewels remain in
-Venice to this day? At least the more glorious part of them.”
-
-“I am impatient to hear of them.”
-
-St. Hilary again read from the Diary of Sanudo:
-
-“‘This day the duchess went in state to see the treasure of San Marco.
-As the bucentaur, containing the Doge and one hundred and fifty of her
-company, entered the Canale Grande, the duchess confessed that never
-before had she beheld the like. From the windows and the balconies, hung
-with the richest tapestries, noble ladies, glittering with gold chains
-and gems, looked down on the sumptuous scene. It was the finest sight of
-the whole world. And when they landed at the Molo, they could hardly
-force their way through the press, though the Doge himself walked in
-front of them. Every one turned to look at the magnificent jewels on the
-duchess. On every side I heard, “This is the wife of Signor Ludovico.
-Look what fine jewels she wears! What splendid diamonds and rubies!” And
-indeed every part of her vest whereon was embroidered the two towers of
-the port of Genoa was covered with them.
-
-“‘And when they came out of the treasure-house, I myself heard the Doge
-say, “It is but a poor sight for you, dear lady, seeing that the jewels
-which adorn you are as many and beautiful as those we guard so
-carefully.” (Words that had better have been left unsaid, for such light
-words bring into discredit the glories of our Venice.)
-
-“The duchess answered boastingly (and who indeed could blame her,
-seeing that the Doge should not have said what he did?), “Do these poor
-stones please your Excellency? To-morrow I shall show you some gems that
-are indeed wonderful.”
-
-“‘And the Doge said sorrowfully, “I shall await to-morrow with the
-greatest eagerness in the world.”’”
-
-St. Hilary laid the book face downward on his knees.
-
-“Now, it is a matter of record, Hume, that she did show the stones to
-the Doge. Whether he fell under the glamour of their beauty, or the
-charm and witchery of the lovely ambassadress, does not concern us. What
-does concern us is the fact that the jewels were not locked up in the
-strong-box of Albani the Jew, but of the Doge.”
-
-“And the gems were never redeemed?” I interrupted.
-
-“Never. Beatrice returned from her mission only to die a few months
-later. Ludovico was taken captive by Louis of France, who dragged him to
-Lyons, where, like a wild beast, he perished miserably in an iron cage.
-
-“The next extract that I shall read from the Diary of Sanudo is two
-years later. During these two years his pages are full of the troubles
-Venice was caused by her enemy Genoa, and the straits to which she was
-put to raise funds. Every citizen, we read, contributed his dole,
-however humble. Except the Doge. Sanudo refers again and again to the
-increasing distrust at this strange negligence on the part of the chief
-officer of the state. But we know that his fortune was completely tied
-up in the jewels.”
-
-“But why did he not pawn the jewels?” I interrupted. “He must have known
-that Beatrice was dead. They could never be redeemed.”
-
-“Ah, that’s a pertinent question. Let our Diarist answer it for you.
-This answer, I assure you, will be of interest:
-
-“‘This day, the fourteenth of November, in the year of our blessed Lord
-fourteen hundred and ninety-nine, I have heard that which is more
-incredible than the travels of Messer Marco Polo to the great Mogul of
-Tartary. Scarce an hour has passed that I was told it by one of the
-Signory himself; and I hasten to write it down, lest any of its wonders
-escape me.
-
-“‘All Venice knows that though our Doge is the richest in the state, yet
-he alone hath contributed to the treasury no proportion of the greatness
-of his fortune. So that to-day, when one after another in the Signory
-bemoaned the lack of money, and the Doge sat silent and neither made
-excuse nor offered aid, murmurs of discontent and suspicion arose louder
-than any that have yet been heard. At first the Doge smiled bravely and
-affected to listen as heretofore. But there were those who saw him
-tremble for very fear. And presently, one bolder than the rest, charged
-the Doge to his face with treachery, in thus hiding his wealth in the
-time of the state’s direst need. Still the Doge kept silence, until
-murmurs and shouts arose on all sides. Then he arose, half dead for
-fear, and declared that he would explain all. And this is the manner of
-his speaking:
-
-“‘“My lords of the Signory, I beseech you to have patience and listen to
-me; for that I am indeed the most unfortunate of men you will see when I
-have done speaking. The whole of my wealth did I loan to Ludovico the
-Moor, at the entreaty of his wife, when last she visited this state two
-years ago. She promised that she would redeem the gems before a year was
-passed. But you, lords, know how she hath died and her husband Ludovico
-lies imprisoned.
-
-“‘“My lords, I had for the duchess the tenderness of a father for a
-beloved daughter, and thinking that I would give her pleasure, when she
-should come again to redeem her jewels, I hired Giovanni da Sestos, the
-goldsmith, whose renown as an artist you all know, to make a casket for
-the gems that should be as beautiful as the very gems themselves.
-
-“‘“It was to be so small that it could be carried about. Yet it was to
-be so strong that the most skilful thief would be baffled to break it
-open. For when it was once closed, certain springs ingeniously contrived
-by clockwork made it impossible even for the man who possessed the
-casket to open it till a day of twelve hours should have passed.
-
-“‘“I had made promise to Messer Giovanni that he should receive three
-payments for his task. Two payments I made to him; one, when he
-undertook the work; another, that he might buy the gems with which the
-cover was to be richly adorned. The third payment I promised to make
-when the casket should be given into my hands.
-
-“‘“But hardly had Giovanni finished his task when Beatrice died. And, my
-lords of the Signory, knowing now that the jewels could never be
-redeemed, seeing that Ludovico is in prison and his wife dead, I vowed
-that I would now pawn them to Albani the Jew, that I might at last help
-the state in her need.
-
-“‘“But when Giovanni wrote to me to say that the casket, which he had at
-last completed, was more beautiful than anything like it since the
-beginning of the world, I longed greatly to see the jewels in the
-glorious box before they should be out of my possession forever. And now
-see how the heavy hand of God hath punished me for my weakness.
-
-“‘“For I had written to Giovanni to bring to me the casket alone and at
-night. (For I did not wish that any should know that I possessed the
-gems till I had pawned them and until the money should be paid into the
-treasury of the state.) I bade him come at the hour of twelve to my
-bed-chamber. I told him I should receive him alone. I would let him in
-by a secret stairway.
-
-“‘“And so, when all Venice slept, I admitted him to my room, where there
-was none other than myself, except the guard.
-
-“‘“My lords of the Signory, never did I dream of anything so rare and
-beautiful as that casket. It seemed to me that I should die for very
-desire of it. And at last I thought of a cunning plan. Giovanni himself
-fell guilelessly in with this plan. For he was eager to see whether the
-gems would fit the little pockets that he had made for each of the more
-costly. And so we placed the gems in the pocket of the casket, and then,
-as if by chance, I closed the cover, which could not be opened for a
-whole day of twelve hours. And now, I thought, Giovanni must leave both
-casket and gems; for I had intended to put him off with smooth promises,
-saying that it was late, and that on the morrow he should have his third
-payment of money.
-
-“‘“But Giovanni clasped the casket in both his hands and swore he would
-not leave it with me until I should have paid him every ducat I owed
-him. But the man’s anger was without reason, for he knew I could not pay
-him the money that he asked until I had first pawned the jewels. And
-presently, when I attempted to soothe him, he became as violent as a
-wild beast. (And indeed the goldsmith da Sestos, though a great artist,
-was always, I verily believe, half mad.) The guard at last became afraid
-for my life. For Giovanni swore that I had entrapped him, and
-obstinately refused to leave the palace until I should have paid him
-all.
-
-“‘“Seeing now that nothing would move him to reason, I made pretense
-that I could fetch from the treasury the money he demanded; and leaving
-the guard in my bed-chamber to keep watch on the treasure, I left my
-room. But I was careful to draw the bolts after me, so that it was
-impossible that he should escape with the casket.
-
-“‘“And indeed it was my purpose to call the soldiers of the guard who
-kept watch at the foot of the secret stairway, so that the insolent
-fellow might be thrust without the palace, for he had angered me
-greatly. I was without the chamber but a few moments, but when I
-returned with the guard and the doors were unbolted, a scene of horror
-met my eyes.
-
-“‘“The guard lay dead with a dagger in his breast. Giovanni writhed on
-the floor in an agony of pain, grievously wounded, though not unto
-death. And the casket was gone.
-
-“‘“My lords of the Signory, you will ask how the casket was gone, seeing
-that the door had been locked and the two men were both in my
-bed-chamber. But the window, looking out on the court of the Ducal
-Palace, was open. From the balcony hung a rope strong enough to bear the
-weight of a man.
-
-“‘“It was many days before Giovanni came to his senses. Then he told how
-two men had been hid in the balcony. No sooner had I gone from the
-chamber than they had set on him and the guard. He accused me of hiding
-the men in the balcony. (I much wonder that I did not think of it. But,
-to my cost, I did not, and it is a man deprived of wealth and honor that
-speaks to you this day.)”
-
-“‘The Signory heard the confession of the Doge for the most part in
-silence (though some there were that jeered). When he had finished, he
-who had first accused the Doge of treachery demanded what proof the
-senate might have of this fable, seeing that no doubt the Doge had
-caused the death of Giovanni. (And, indeed, it had been a great mystery,
-his disappearance.)
-
-“‘At that the Doge made a sign, and one fetched Giovanni from the leads
-where he had been languishing since the stealing of the gems. But
-Giovanni protested with tears that far from being guilty himself, it was
-the Doge who had caused the gems to be taken, and nothing could shake
-him from this belief. So that at last there were many of the Signory who
-inclined to it. And presently, when they had questioned him closely,
-they decreed, partly because certain ones believed him innocent of all
-evil-doing, and partly because he was so incomparable an artist, that he
-should no longer be held a prisoner under the _piombi_ of the Ducal
-Palace, but should return to his own house. But lest by any chance he
-had been guilty of the loss of the gems, he was there to be held a
-prisoner; and guards were appointed to have charge over him day and
-night.
-
-“‘This is the truly miraculous story of the jewels of the Doge; but few
-in Venice believe it. For what goldsmith could not be bribed to swear to
-such a story? And as for the Doge, it would seem that the state could
-find one better fitted to wear the cap and ermine robe.’”
-
-“And that is chapter one?” I asked, taking a long breath.
-
-“That is chapter one,” echoed St. Hilary.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER VII
-
-
-“Shall we now proceed to chapter two?” he asked presently. “May I assume
-that I have awakened your interest?”
-
-“You may certainly assume that.” I smiled at his smug assurance.
-
-“The next extract, then, from our Diarist is two years later, December,
-1501, to be precise. In the meanwhile, it seems the Doge had regained
-the confidence of the republic. At any rate he had evidently not been
-removed from office.
-
-“‘This day was erected a tablet in the Frari to Giovanni da Sestos, who
-died some six weeks since. He was an incomparable artist in gold and
-precious stones, the greatest that Venice has known, but famous even
-beyond his just merits as an artist by reason of the mystery of the
-wonderful casket and the more wonderful gems. And people are saying
-(though I myself have not seen it) that he hath left a clock that is a
-greater marvel than the lost casket itself, which only the jeweler and
-his son (beside the Doge) set eyes on before it was stolen. And certain
-ones who have seen this clock (before it was broken) declare that the
-clock of our Piazza, though infinitely larger, is but a puerile thing
-compared to it.
-
-“‘When first imprisoned in his own house, Giovanni utterly despaired,
-for he was watched by spies day and night, and none might converse with
-him without their being present. For days he did not move, but sat moody
-and sullen, gazing at nothing with his terrible, burning eyes.
-
-“‘So he lived for many weeks. Then one day he leaped to his feet and
-shouted aloud for his tools. Though his adored casket had been stolen
-from him, he swore he would make something more marvelous than that
-before death came on him. And because he was so great an artist, not
-even the Doge dared to deprive Venice of any wonder that he might make,
-though he had sworn that Giovanni should never again breathe the fresh
-air of the Piazza. So they gave to him his tools, and for certain hours
-during the day his son was permitted to aid him, since he suffered no
-other to enter his workshop. Two years the father and son labored at
-this clock until it was quite finished.
-
-“‘And when it was finished, Giovanni sent his son to that Doge who had
-caused him to make the casket and had since imprisoned him, beseeching
-him to come to him with all haste, for he had somewhat to say to him,
-and to show him. The Doge went straightway to his house. For he thought
-he was to hear some confession as to the missing casket, since he
-believed steadfastly that it was the goldsmith who had caused it to be
-stolen, and no other.
-
-“‘Giovanni met him with all ceremony, and, taking him courteously by the
-hand, led him to his workshop, where stood the wonderful clock.
-
-“‘When the Doge saw this clock he was filled with anger, for the three
-bronze figures reclining about the face of the clock were hideous images
-of Giovanni’s most bitter foes. Two of them were a rival goldsmith and
-the jailer who had fed him when he was a prisoner in the _piombi_. But
-the third and most hideous of all was the Doge himself, such a miracle
-of ugliness and horror that to look on it would make a man shudder. But
-because he wished to hear what Giovanni had to say, the Doge spoke
-Giovanni fair, and declared himself delighted with his ingenuity. For
-they say (though, as I have written before, neither have I seen the
-clock nor have I known any that have) that at every hour a door opened,
-and some story out of the history of Venice was acted.
-
-“‘And as each hour went by the Doge became wearied of watching the
-antics of the clock as the hours struck. But Giovanni compelled him to
-be patient and besought him to see the antics of the figures of all of
-the twelve hours. Between each hour the Doge kept inquiring of the
-goldsmith if he had anything to tell him. And each time that the
-question was asked the goldsmith laughed boisterously, and said, “Though
-I did tell thee, thou hast not ears to hear.” This answer he made
-several times, till at last the Doge, seeing at last that he was being
-ridiculed, arose in anger and cried: “For the last time, Messer
-Giovanni, hast thou anything to say to me?” And still the goldsmith
-answered with jeers, “Though I told thee, thou hast not ears to hear,”
-and would say no more.
-
-“‘Then, because he had been answered in this rude fashion many times,
-the Doge could no longer restrain his passion. He lifted his staff, and
-furiously smote off the three figures of the clock, and in doing so the
-clock fell violently to the earth, and it was broken in its insides, and
-never more will it strike hour, so at least I am told.
-
-“‘When Giovanni saw that his marvelous clock was broken, he raved like a
-madman, and spat on the Doge, and belabored him with his fists so that
-he was compelled to take flight from the house. And as he fled, the
-goldsmith called after him very bitterly: “Did I not say thou wert a
-fool? For, though the casket were lost, did I not make a greater marvel?
-But thou canst not understand its divine beauty and wonder. And now, by
-my oath, though I knew the secret place of the casket, yet shouldst thou
-never know, seeing that thou hast broken my clock.”
-
-“‘As soon as the Doge reached the Ducal Palace, he bade the captain of
-the inquisitorial guard fetch Giovanni. He determined that he would once
-more put him to extremest tortures, for he remembered the words: “And
-now, by my oath, though I knew the secret place of the casket, yet
-shouldst thou never know.” But when they reached the house of Giovanni
-they found both his son and himself lying dead, side by side, and by the
-look of their faces they saw that they had taken poison. And now the
-mystery of the casket will never be known. As for the clock, it is said
-that it had an evil spirit, and no man cares whether the Inquisition
-hath destroyed it or hidden it.’”
-
-St. Hilary closed the slim little book and gently laid it on the table.
-During the latter part of his recital I had risen from my seat and was
-walking about the room. Now I sat at the table opposite him, my hands
-stretched out limply before me. I stared at him as the Guest must have
-stared at the Ancient Mariner. For the Mariner’s story was of things
-that were past and done with. St. Hilary’s story was of things to come.
-
-When I spoke, it was almost in a whisper, as if I were saying something
-too extravagant to be spoken out loud.
-
-“Then you believe, St. Hilary, that the clock holds the secret? You
-believe that if you could discover the secret you would have a clue to
-the D’Este jewels? I see. Da Sestos was the thief, and when he saw that
-he was never to feast his eyes on the glorious fruit of his rascality,
-when he knew he was being watched night and day, he sank into the apathy
-of despair, until–until––”
-
-I raised both my arms and stretched them out as if I were groping for
-something.
-
-“Until?” repeated St. Hilary mockingly.
-
-“Before heaven, St. Hilary,” I cried, laughing loudly, “are you and I
-the two maddest men in Venice this evening?”
-
-“On the contrary,” he answered carelessly, flicking the ash of his
-cigarette daintily, “I begin to think I have made no mistake in choosing
-you for my companion. But the facts first. You are ready for chapter
-three?”
-
-“Your own theories about this extraordinary mystery? Yes, yes.”
-
-The little man threw himself back in my armchair, a smirk of
-satisfaction on his wizened face. There was something of the actor about
-St. Hilary; he loved an appreciative audience, and he was determined to
-make the most of the present one.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER VIII
-
-
-“Did you see the London Times of–let me see–I believe it was the day
-before yesterday?” asked St. Hilary presently.
-
-I shook my head. The question was apparently quite irrelevant, but I was
-accustomed to his sudden and startling changes of front in the
-discussion of any question.
-
-“There was a remarkable robbery mentioned in that issue. A Bond Street
-jeweler appealed to his creditors for an extension of time in which to
-pay his debts. When he was denied that, he warned them that he should on
-a certain day go into bankruptcy. The night before he was to declare
-himself a bankrupt, however, when he was in his shop very late at night,
-puzzling out his accounts, he was attacked by thieves, and after being
-bound and gagged, his safe was blown open and rifled.”
-
-“A very ordinary robbery,” I commented.
-
-“Yes. But the thief was his confidential clerk.”
-
-“Who else should know so well the combination of the safe?” I asked
-indifferently.
-
-“If you would only be a little more patient, Hume, you would not esteem
-my words so lightly. There is generally some intention behind them. As I
-was saying, he was robbed by his own clerk, but the extraordinary
-feature of the case is that the confidential clerk robbed the master
-with the master’s consent and at his instigation. Substitute the son for
-the clerk, and you have a case of history repeating itself.”
-
-“Then the Doge was right. Da Sestos was the thief?”
-
-“Consider for a moment the character of this Messer Giovanni. He is an
-artist, but an artist eccentric to the verge of madness. Sanudo again
-and again refers to it. Granting, then, that he is mad, in what form
-will this madness manifest itself? Essentially in the very traits and
-qualities that make up the artistic temperament. These traits will be
-developed abnormally. They will be pushed just over the narrow
-borderland. How would you define the artistic temperament, Hume?”
-
-“Answering at random, I suppose the distinguishing traits of Giovanni’s
-mind would be love for his work, irrespective of reward or gain, pride
-in it, patient thought, boldness in conceiving the idea, and skill in
-the working out of detail.”
-
-“Excellent. These are the traits of the sane artist. Now develop them,
-exaggerate them, make them abnormal. To take our goldsmith:
-
-“For nearly two years he had been working on this casket. It is a
-masterpiece. It is his _chef d’œuvre_. He has never made anything
-quite so wonderful. Any artist is reluctant to give up his handiwork.
-But Giovanni has not merely the egotism of the artist; his is the
-egotism of the madman. He can not bear the thought of giving up the
-casket. He longs to keep it for himself. He at last decides to do so.
-But without the jewels it is but a meaningless thing. It is a mere box.
-With them, it is one of the wonders of the world. This longing for the
-stones becomes at last insupportable. He must have them for himself, and
-at any cost. For, remember, he is not a common thief. If the jewels were
-simply precious jewels, however priceless, they might not have tempted
-him. But a ring of Cellini’s, a cameo of Domenico’s, a carved gem of
-Caradossa, they tortured him, they tempted him, as they tempt me, as
-they torture me.”
-
-“And when once he has determined to possess these jewels, his cunning,
-his capacity for detail, his patience, all the qualities of the artist,
-serve him now as the thief–is that the idea?” I interrupted.
-
-St. Hilary nodded affirmatively and continued:
-
-“The Doge unconsciously furthers his plans by his intense fear lest the
-fact that he possesses the jewels be made known. Only da Sestos, his
-son, and the Doge, indeed, knew the gems were in Venice. He has been
-told the very room in which the Doge is to receive from him the
-wonderful casket. He has thoroughly reconnoitered the ground. He knows
-that this bed-chamber of the Doge looks out on a court, which, in the
-dead of night, will surely be quite deserted. And so, with a coil of
-rope about his waist and a dagger beneath his blouse, he keeps the
-appointment.
-
-“The guard, no doubt, was an unpleasant surprise. He did not count on
-him. But, after all, he has the advantage, for the guard has no
-suspicion of treachery.
-
-“And so, in due time, he picks his quarrel. He has planned that
-carefully long ago. The Doge had written him that he can not make the
-last payment until he has disposed of some of the gems. Da Sestos had
-professed himself quite willing to wait.
-
-“But now, when once the jewels are in the box, when once the cover is
-closed and it can not be opened for twelve hours, he quite unexpectedly
-demands this last payment.
-
-“The Doge indignantly reminds him that he had confessed himself willing
-to wait indefinitely. But he is obstinate. He refuses to leave the Ducal
-Palace without his just wage. If that is not forthcoming, he takes the
-casket with him. The Doge at last (as da Sestos has foreseen) is
-compelled to leave the room, under the pretense of getting the money.
-But, as he himself confessed to the Signory, it is really to summon the
-guard.
-
-“Hardly has the cautious Doge drawn the bolts after him, before the
-dagger of the mad goldsmith has done its dread work. The rope is
-uncurled in the twinkling of an eye. It is lowered over the balcony, and
-to it is attached the casket and its precious contents. Below waits the
-confederate.”
-
-“And this confederate?” I asked breathlessly.
-
-“Again the dagger is lifted,” continued St. Hilary, ignoring my
-question. “This time it is against himself. It is worth a little pain,
-this glorious plunder.
-
-“And so his plan succeeds. The jewels are his. After a few short weeks
-he will enjoy the reward of his cunning.
-
-“But, unfortunately, suspicion is aroused in the Doge’s breast. For the
-old man, as we know, was not so guileless a fool as the jeweler thought
-him. Thief or no thief, da Sestos is imprisoned–at first in a dungeon,
-with tortures, then in his own house. He could stand the tortures. He
-could endure the awful heat and thirst under the leads of the Ducal
-Palace. But slowly came the knowledge, the certainty, that he was
-imprisoned, not for a month, a year, but for a lifetime. The vengeance
-of the Doge was implacable.
-
-“Then if he must perish, was the secret of the casket to be sealed on
-his lips forever? The egotism of the madman made that thought
-intolerable. Then must he confess? Is his enemy to triumph at last? That
-thought was equally impossible. But, before he dies, he will indeed tell
-where the casket is hidden. Even after his death the secret shall be
-told. It shall be told daily, hourly; but so cunningly that though all
-the world listen, it shall not understand.”
-
-“But the confederate?” I interrupted again.
-
-“It was his son, of course. He knew. He had helped to make the casket.
-He had helped to purloin it, and he it was who had hidden it. But not
-even to his faithful son would the mad jeweler leave the jewels. His
-cunning plan had become infinitely dear to him; and because this son
-knew, he must be sacrificed. So that after he had worked side by side
-with his father on the clock, and had returned from his last errand in
-summoning the Doge, it was only to meet death at last. For we can not
-doubt that the father poisoned his son as well as himself. And so the
-hiding-place of the casket and the jewels is hidden in the clock for no
-man to guess unless he be such a man as da Sestos–one who has something
-of the very madness of desire and cunning that possessed the goldsmith.”
-
-“Unless–unless that son played the father false! There, there is the
-doubt on which your ingenious fabric totters!” I cried. I felt myself
-grow pale at the thought.
-
-“You fool,” he answered violently, “do you think I have not thought of
-that? But one never has a certainty in this world. One must take
-something on trust. And, by heaven, I am staking all on that son’s
-loyalty to his mad father.”
-
-He sat in my armchair, huddled up, his face very pale and haggard in the
-dim candle-light. But his eyes were burning like those of the jeweler
-Giovanni. Then he roused himself and began to walk slowly about the
-room. At last, in the most commonplace tone in the world, he asked:
-
-“Do you know anything of automaton clocks?”
-
-“Nothing, except that they do extraordinary things.”
-
-“Things most extraordinary. You have never heard perhaps of the clock
-made by Le Denz?”
-
-I shook my head.
-
-“Really? That was a _chef d’œuvre_ of the bizarre and wonderful. An
-automaton child wrote everything that was dictated to it–everything.”
-
-“Impossible!”
-
-“I am telling you facts, my dear fellow, that you may verify for
-yourself in any cyclopedia. Then there was a man called Vancouver, who
-amused himself making a clock whose figures at certain hours played on
-the _tambour de flacque_–droll, very droll, that.”
-
-“An affair like that I saw once at Maskelyne’s, I suppose,” I said with
-assumed indifference. “I remember it was an automaton figure called
-Psyche, a whist-player. I played a game with her myself one dull
-afternoon.”
-
-“Tut, tut,” exclaimed St. Hilary irritably, “I am not speaking of the
-tricks of the music-halls. There’s the chess-player, for that matter,
-but all the world knows that a human being is concealed inside of those
-clumsy toys. I am speaking of veritable automatons, such as the clock
-you are to show me presently. Then there was a crazy genius who made an
-automaton that would lull him to sleep with an air as gentle as spring
-zephyrs, and awaken him with a crashing march. There are automatons that
-sing and dance and talk without number. And one clock-maker wrote a book
-of instructions for keeping the mechanism of his clock in order after
-his death.”
-
-“All this, I take it,” I said, lighting my cigar, which had repeatedly
-gone out, “is apropos of our clock. At every hour, as old Luigi said, it
-tells its secret.”
-
-“That is it,” replied St. Hilary. “And when you and I, Hume, shall have
-mastered those twelve secrets, we shall know where our jewels are
-hidden. And now, have you still curiosity to know whether this is a
-legend or a fact?”
-
-“Yes.”
-
-“Then you will help me to look for it?”
-
-“Yes.”
-
-“Good. We may fail.” He looked at me keenly.
-
-“Of course.”
-
-“I like your monosyllables. I believe you are really in earnest.”
-
-“Yes; I am in earnest.”
-
-“Good again. Then we pool our interests. If we are successful, we share
-alike. Is that fair?”
-
-“It is more than fair.”
-
-“That’s settled then. And now let us have a look at your clock.”
-
-“Marruchi, the clock-maker on the Piazza, has it. I left it with him to
-see if it could be repaired.”
-
-He settled himself in the armchair, and pulled a rug over his knees.
-
-“Marruchi, my boy, will be able to do nothing with it. It is a job above
-his caliber. And now to sleep, to sleep. You and I have a long journey
-ahead of us to-morrow.”
-
-“A journey? Where?”
-
-“I shall be off to Amsterdam; you, to St. Petersburg. Good night.”
-
-“St. Petersburg?” I demanded stormily. “St. Petersburg! Why the devil
-St. Petersburg?”
-
-But St. Hilary was already asleep–or pretended to be.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER IX
-
-
-The sun was just tipping the dome of the Salute as I fell asleep in my
-chair. My compact with St. Hilary promised great things. It meant
-action–a fascinating clue to follow, whether it led us to the jewels of
-the Doge or not. And if this dry chronicle of the past should prove to
-be no colorless legend, but a living fact, palpitating with human
-interest, I should have material for a book indeed. A legend of the
-Renaissance reincarnated in the twentieth century–that must appeal to
-Jacqueline no less than to me. Besides, the solving of this mystery, if
-solution there were, or the proving it to be but an empty fable, would
-certainly demand those qualities she believed I lacked so sadly. In
-everything this quest must be to my advantage.
-
-It was eight o’clock before I could get St. Hilary into a gondola. As we
-were rowed rapidly to the Molo, an indescribable elation of spirits
-buoyed me up. Three years had slipped from my shoulders–three years of
-inertia and weariness. I was happy, and I did not play the fool and
-analyze too deeply my happiness.
-
-Perhaps the warm, delicious breeze that came in puffs, laden with the
-scent of oleanders and roses from the royal gardens, had its influence;
-and the deep-blue sky, with the pearly clouds drifting slowly over San
-Giorgios, and the glorious sun, flashing on every tip and spire, and
-reflected silver-gray and rose-colored in the millions of little waves
-that danced and sparkled in a very ecstasy of color. For the rain had
-ceased. The sullen clouds were gone; the muddy streams; the discolored
-damp stones. Venice was again the enchanted city of fairy architecture,
-floating in the intangible air.
-
-One would have thought it difficult to believe this wonderful story in
-the full light of day, on the Piazza here, flooded with sun, with the
-gondoliers smoking and breaking out into snatches of song, with the
-tourists already astir, and the guides from San Marco’s already on the
-alert for them. Last night in my chambers, with the curtains drawn and
-the lights of Venice shining mystically in the distance, there might
-have been an excuse for one’s imagination getting a little the better of
-one. But with the morning should have come sober skepticism. I can only
-say that there were two reasons that forbade that: one that I wished to
-believe; the other, that St. Hilary did believe.
-
-A dozen steps on the Piazzetta, and we saw that Marruchi was not yet
-opened, so we strolled toward Florian’s for our morning coffee. As we
-passed under the Arcade, St. Hilary paused at a bookseller’s shop
-beneath the Libreria Vecchia. I noticed carelessly in passing that the
-window was filled with copies of a book just published.
-
-“Have you looked into that book yet?” asked St. Hilary, as he bowed to
-the bookseller within.
-
-“No,” I answered, taking my seat at one of the round tables. “I did not
-even read its title.”
-
-“It is called Annali dell’ Inquisizione in Venezia. It was published
-about a month ago. Organia and Rosen have had it in their windows for a
-fortnight at least.”
-
-“I have no doubt that that fact has some pertinency,” I said irritably.
-“But before you explain just in what way, suppose you answer a few
-questions that naturally occurred to me while you were asleep in my
-chair last night.”
-
-“Well?”
-
-“Why the deuce do you want me to go to St. Petersburg? Why do you intend
-going to Amsterdam? How did you come to know about the Diary of Sanudo?
-How did you guess that the clock was in the da Sestos palace? Or did you
-not guess? Surely we are not the first to attempt to solve the secret of
-the hours? And even if no one has yet attempted it (and that seems
-incredible), is it not possible that the clock may be beyond repair, so
-that we can not fathom the significance of the automata, if there be any
-significance? And, lastly, how do you know that you have _the_ clock?”
-
-“If you had read that book in the shop there, some of your questions
-might have been answered,” retorted St. Hilary placidly.
-
-I held the coffee-pot suspended in mid-air. “It mentions the clock?”
-
-“It does.”
-
-“Then it’s there for all the world to read–the duke, for instance!”
-
-The thought was rather startling.
-
-“I suppose so. Had I known before I saw you last night that you were to
-be my criminal partner in pursuit of the casket and the gems, I should
-have brought that book as well as the Diary which I happened to have in
-my pocket. As it is, you might just step over to Rosen’s and buy a copy.
-You will find it an amusing book during your long journey to St.
-Petersburg.”
-
-I looked at him with some annoyance.
-
-“You take so much for granted,” I remonstrated. “I shall need some
-persuasion. You know, I suppose, that it’s quite necessary for me to get
-a passport to travel in Russia. And as to our criminal pursuit, I take
-it that findings are keepings.”
-
-“Very true,” he answered, looking at me cynically. “Beatrice, who wore
-some of our gems when she went into that cathedral over there, is dust
-these four hundred years and more. The line of the D’Estes and Sforzas
-is extinct. There is not a man or woman in Venice or Italy who may boast
-that a drop of the Doge’s blood runs in their veins. Legally, I suppose,
-the state––”
-
-“Oh, the state!” I sniffed contemptuously. “I don’t mind putting my
-claims against the state!”
-
-“Brave man! But let me remind you, my squeamish friend, that it may be
-necessary for you and me to use the jimmy before we get possession of
-those gems. Do you think we shall find them on the pavement? Hardly!
-They are hidden in one of these hundreds of palaces, and they will not
-be given up for the asking.”
-
-“I suppose not,” I admitted reluctantly. “All the same, it has an ugly
-sound, the word criminal.”
-
-“I warned you that this was no task for the dilettante.”
-
-“Yes, yes, I know,” I replied hastily. “But I am going to show you that
-I can be a bit unscrupulous, as well as you, on occasions.”
-
-“That’s better,” replied he, grinning at me. “Now about that book. As I
-said, it mentions da Sestos and his clock. But the Inquisition of
-Venice, I need not remind you, concerned itself not so much with the
-religious conscience of the individual as with affairs of the state. It
-is da Sestos, the criminal, who comes into this book; and only
-incidentally, da Sestos, the atheist, who made a clock that was
-inhabited by an evil spirit.”
-
-“And the story of Sanudo is substantiated?”
-
-“Fairly well. And in this book we learn what became of the clock after
-his death. It was forfeited by the Inquisition as a thing unclean. It
-was hidden away in the Ducal Palace for nearly two hundred years.”
-
-“And afterward?”
-
-“In a long foot-note the editor of the Annals tells us that at the entry
-of Napoleon it was looted by a captain of artillery, who afterward sold
-it to a dealer in Paris. It remained in the shop of the dealer for
-nearly half a century, when a learned antiquarian, who was writing an
-elaborate monograph on automaton clocks, came across it. This
-antiquarian, our editor tells us, bought the clock and studied it. How
-it came into the possession of the uncle of the present Duke da Sestos
-is not known. This uncle, as the duke himself told us the other day,
-lived in Paris. He recognized the timepiece as that made by his remote
-ancestor nearly four hundred years ago.”
-
-“Recognized it? But how?”
-
-“Nothing could be easier. In the first place, the name of the maker is
-on every clock. Then he may have been familiar with the monograph of the
-antiquarian. Or the antiquarian may himself have brought the clock to
-the attention of the duke. It is even possible that, as a Venetian, he
-may have read the Diary of Sanudo. At any rate, he sent the clock back
-to Venice.”
-
-“Did he guess the significance of the automata, do you suppose?”
-
-“It seems probable that he did,” replied St. Hilary thoughtfully.
-“Otherwise, why should the clock have been hidden in the secret chamber?
-It is likely that he told the father of old Luigi to guard it
-carefully.”
-
-“And does the editor himself hint at the automata’s having any
-significance?” I asked, alarmed.
-
-“Luckily not. He dismisses the whole subject as a myth, a mere
-superstition of the middle ages.”
-
-“All the same,” I said, “if we could get hold of a copy of that
-monograph we might have a hint or two.”
-
-“Very true,” quietly answered the dealer. “That is why you are going to
-St. Petersburg. The monograph is in the Imperial Library. There is only
-one copy known to be extant, our editor assures me. Useful man, our
-editor.”
-
-“Very,” and I laughed shortly. “But what if the duke gets wind of this
-precious legend, and feels curious enough to try his hand at solving the
-riddle? If, for instance, he asks Mrs. Gordon for his clock again, we
-shall have a rival contestant for honors in mysteries.”
-
-“That is why we have no time to lose. Ah, the shutters of the
-clock-maker are down. At last we can examine your clock, and we shall be
-lucky if he hasn’t ruined it,” grumbled St. Hilary. He lifted the awning
-of the Arcade, and we stepped out into the glare of the Piazza.
-
-Marruchi met me with apologies. No; he had not attempted to repair the
-clock. He had not even taken it to pieces. The mechanism was too
-intricate. In fact, he knew of but one clock-maker in the world to whom
-it might safely be entrusted.
-
-“And he lives at Amsterdam,” concluded St. Hilary complacently. “And
-now, perhaps, you understand, Hume, why it is necessary for one of us to
-go to Amsterdam?”
-
-I hesitated. I remembered how he had attempted to obtain possession of
-the clock by subterfuge. How could I be sure that his sending me off to
-St. Petersburg was not a ruse to get me conveniently out of the way?
-Meanwhile he would have the clock, and when he had mastered its secret,
-he could return it to me with the assurance that it was but a myth after
-all. “Why should I not go to Amsterdam, and you to St. Petersburg?” That
-was the question that I might very pertinently have asked him. But I did
-not. I had promised to trust him. I trusted him now.
-
-“Can you catch the afternoon express, Hume? It leaves at three-thirty
-and makes connections for St. Petersburg.”
-
-“I suppose so,” I admitted reluctantly, “though I hardly relish our
-rushing off to the ends of the earth in this way.”
-
-“Oh, you of little faith,” he cried testily. “If you are really going
-into this affair heart and soul with me, you will need a great deal more
-patience than a journey to St. Petersburg involves. As to my going to
-Amsterdam, you heard Marruchi say there is just one clock-maker in the
-world clever enough to take our clock to pieces and put it together
-again without bungling.”
-
-“Very well,” I assented soberly, and led the way to the Bureau
-Internationale des Wagon-lits to secure my sleeping-berth. But I must
-say St. Hilary’s characterization of me was justified. I had faith
-enough to be curious about the clock here in Venice. But long and
-tedious journeys to Amsterdam and St. Petersburg–that was quite another
-matter.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER X
-
-
-St. Hilary had given me a letter of introduction to the director of the
-Imperial Library. Heaven knows where he had met him, but he seemed to
-know half the celebrities in Europe. I presented it in person. I have
-always found it useful to be referred–if one is to be referred at
-all–downward, rather than upward. One is more apt to strike a higher
-level of officialdom, and that means a more intelligent and enthusiastic
-service. In this case I was not referred downward at all. The director
-himself made inquiries for the precious volume. He returned in half an
-hour with apologies. The book was in use. To-morrow, no doubt, it would
-be at my disposal.
-
-The mere fact that the volume was in use made me uneasy. Automaton
-clocks are not a particularly popular subject. At once I thought of the
-duke. Was it possible that already he had seen the book St. Hilary had
-just been speaking to me about? That seemed unlikely. But the next
-morning, when I was crossing the Dworzowy Bridge, once more on my way to
-the library, I met him face to face.
-
-It is difficult to say who was the more surprised. Though my curiosity
-was unbounded to know if he were the person who had been studying up
-automaton clocks yesterday, I should have passed without speaking. But
-he advanced to me with open palm, and greeted me with unnecessary
-cordiality in French.
-
-“And what brings Mr. Hume to St. Petersburg?”
-
-I murmured something about studies in the Imperial Library.
-
-At that he looked even more startled than when he first saw me:
-
-“I, too, have been in the Imperial Library,” he cried. “I have been
-reading a rare book there–one of the rarest in the world.”
-
-“Indeed! The book I wish to consult is also one of the rarest in the
-world.”
-
-It was a foolish hint, but I could not forbear the pleasure of giving
-it. Already I suspected that the duke was on the trail of the casket.
-Instead of being alarmed or annoyed, it gave me the keenest delight.
-Brain against brain. Wit against wit. Courage against courage. I could
-have asked nothing more to my liking. For instinctively I had felt the
-mettle of my foe and measured the chances of my rival for Jacqueline’s
-heart.
-
-At this bold challenge–it was nothing less–he started perceptibly. It
-was impossible to doubt further. But in an instant the mask had fallen
-over his face. He bowed with mock respect.
-
-“Ah, Mr. Hume is a scholar?” he asked mockingly. “For me, I find the
-streets–its life and pleasures and peoples–more instructive than any
-books. Especially here in this strange, frozen north. Is there not an
-English poet who has said that the proper study of mankind is man? If he
-had said woman, he would have spoken the absolute truth. Yes, a
-beautiful woman is the apotheosis of fascination and interest for the
-man of fashion and heart. Leave the dull books for the priests and the
-dotards, my friend.”
-
-I had nothing to say to this essentially Italian summing up of the
-interests of life. We walked on a few steps in silence. We had crossed
-the bridge now. He took my arm.
-
-“Yes, yes,” he continued, “woman is the proper study of mankind. But
-when one meets a woman as lovely as the exquisite Miss Quintard–ah,
-knowing her, one knows all there is for one in life, is it not so?” and
-he pinched my arm familiarly.
-
-I withdrew my arm angrily. I resented his tone and his reference to
-Jacqueline. But I said nothing, only walked faster toward the Library.
-
-“I have met many beautiful women in my life, but now I know there are no
-more worth seeing.”
-
-“And did you fathom the lady’s charms so quickly–in the one short hour
-at the Palazzo?” I asked, a little spitefully, I am afraid.
-
-“Fathom? Certainly not. But the vivid impressions of the hour may be
-deepened by the careful and delightful study of a week.”
-
-I stood quite still.
-
-“Of a week?” I stammered.
-
-“Of a week, my friend,” he cried, enjoying his triumph. “For you must
-know that I have seen much of the fascinating Mrs. Gordon and her
-adorable niece at Bellagio. I happen to have a villa there.”
-
-At Bellagio! I drew in a deep breath, and it seemed to stab me. I had
-been wrapped up in the vain pursuit of a shadow, while that magnificent
-brute at my side, twirling his mustache up into his eyes, had been in
-the very presence of the goddess. I could not speak. I hope it was not
-jealousy that gnawed at my heart. Indeed, it was not jealousy at all, I
-think. It was rather fear–fear for my dear Jacqueline. Not simply that
-she was to be won from me–had already been won from me, perhaps. If one
-whom I respected had gained her love, I do not think I should have cried
-out. But this Duke da Sestos! I trembled for her happiness. I knew that
-Jacqueline’s aunt was the duke’s ally. And Jacqueline herself? Women are
-at once so subtle and so dense. I have seen the noblest of them deceived
-by a charming manner–the cleverest wedded to a villain or a fool.
-
-We reached the Imperial Library. The clock on a neighboring tower was
-striking ten when the doors of the Library opened and the director came
-out. I raised my hat. He returned my greeting courteously, and informed
-me that the book I wished was at last at my disposal. Unfortunately he
-mentioned it by name.
-
-“And what interest has Mr. Hume in automaton clocks?” demanded the duke,
-when the director had turned his back.
-
-I shrugged my shoulders, and bade him good afternoon.
-
-“Mr. Hume, a moment, if you please.”
-
-I turned.
-
-“Your hotel is the de l’Europe, I believe?”
-
-“But unfortunately I am rarely at home,” I said ungraciously.
-
-“I am disappointed. We might have spent an agreeable hour together in
-this barbarous capital. Au revoir.”
-
-I bowed, and went swiftly up the steps. Again he called me.
-
-“By the way, Mrs. Gordon tells me, Mr. Hume, that she has entrusted the
-old clock to you.”
-
-“That is quite true.”
-
-He looked at me keenly.
-
-“Ah, then, now I understand your interest in automaton clocks. Your
-interest awakens mine. I myself am anxious to see the clock again. When
-will you be in Venice?”
-
-“In a month or two,” I answered airily.
-
-“A month or two, my dear friend!” he expostulated. “I must see my clock
-before that. I am thinking of having it repaired for Mrs. Gordon.”
-
-He emphasized the “my.”
-
-“I have thought of the same thing,” I said evasively.
-
-“But, Mr. Hume, I beg you to understand that it is with Mrs. Gordon’s
-permission that I do so. Have you asked it?”
-
-“Not yet,” I replied coolly, going up a couple of steps.
-
-His face darkened.
-
-“Then, since I have Mrs. Gordon’s permission, will you kindly write an
-order to your servant that he give it me on my return to Venice?”
-
-“Unfortunately, that is impossible. You see, I have forestalled you. I
-have sent it to be repaired.”
-
-He stood a moment, twisting his mustache up into his eyes. Then, to my
-astonishment, he leaped up the steps, two at a time.
-
-“Since, Mr. Hume,” again he took my arm and almost forced me down the
-steps, “you question my word, I will telegraph to Mrs. Gordon and show
-you her answer. When I receive that answer, I shall come to your hotel
-and insist that you give me both the name of the maker to whom you have
-sent the clock and a written order to him that he deliver it to me. If
-you refuse, I shall be compelled to call in the police, and I am not
-unknown here in St. Petersburg.”
-
-“I am afraid I shall find a means to evade your police, Duke da Sestos,”
-I said, laughing.
-
-A moment he looked at me, puzzled, then, seeing my contempt for his
-threat, laughed also.
-
-“La, la, it is true. I am a great fool. I might know that to threaten
-Mr. Hume is not the way to gain one’s ends. Look, I threaten, I demand
-no longer. I beg. I throw myself on Mr. Hume’s mercy. I confess I am
-most anxious to see the clock. I take it for granted that Mr. Hume has
-had reasons for my not seeing it. But come, we will play fair. You have
-the clock, it is true. But, after all, I have the right to it. Let us
-grant, then, that we stand on even ground. Our rights to it are
-equal–your right, that of possession; mine, the moral and legal right.
-We will go together to the telegraph bureau. We will each of us
-telegraph to Mrs. Gordon for permission. She shall decide. Come, is that
-not sportsmanlike?”
-
-“Hardly,” I replied, laughing again. “The result would be too much a
-matter of certainty–for you.”
-
-“Ah, you are determined to be unfair,” he cried angrily.
-
-I hesitated a moment. Then I seized his arm.
-
-“Come along, then,” I said, still laughing, “we will go to your
-telegraph bureau.”
-
-It seemed the only way to get rid of him; but, I may say, I had no
-intention of abiding by the decision of Mrs. Gordon.
-
-We entered the bureau. We stood at the desk, and each seized pen and
-paper. But before the duke had written a line, he had recognized an
-acquaintance in the street. I must excuse him one moment, and would I
-await his return so that we might compare our telegrams and avoid any
-misunderstanding?
-
-I waited ten minutes. Then, my telegram in my hand, I stepped outside
-the bureau and looked up and down the street. He was not in sight. I
-waited ten minutes more. Still the duke did not return. My patience was
-exhausted. I went back to the Library. But when I called for my book, to
-my extreme astonishment, it was again in use. It had, declared the
-attendant ungraciously, been reserved for me, but they could not hold it
-all the morning.
-
-So this Italian duke had tricked me. The telegram was simply a ruse, a
-clumsy and senseless ruse, if you will, but I had been guileless enough
-to let it work. But it would not avail him long. Granted that he had
-delayed my seeing the book, all I had to do was to return in the
-afternoon. I walked back to my hotel for breakfast.
-
-There the second surprise of the day awaited me. A telegram from
-Jacqueline had been sent to me to Venice, and retelegraphed to me at St.
-Petersburg by my housekeeper. It was sufficiently puzzling:
-
-“_Please be sure to accept aunt’s invitation for Friday. I am anxious to
-see you–most anxious. I shall expect you Friday–absolutely._”
-
-I held it in my hand, astonished and perplexed. An invitation had been
-sent to me by Mrs. Gordon to visit her at Bellagio; I was to come on
-Friday; Jacqueline especially wished to see me. But why? Why should she
-expect me “absolutely”? Was it possible she had told Mrs. Gordon of my
-love for her? Dare I put the most favorable meaning into the message? At
-any rate, if I were to arrive at Bellagio on Friday, I must leave that
-afternoon. Well, after my breakfast, I could return to the Library, have
-a look at the monograph on clocks, and still catch the train.
-
-But even as I was hurrying to the restaurant, I paused. Was this another
-of the duke’s tricks, a more elaborate one? A moment’s thought showed
-that this was most unlikely. I hurried through my meal, and taking a
-drosky returned to the Library, determined to wait there until I had
-seen my book.
-
-This time, at any rate, the book was not in use, and in five minutes I
-had it in my hands.
-
-I turned to consult the index. Apparently there was no index. I went
-through the volume carefully to find mention of the da Sestos clock, and
-presently I discovered that fourteen pages of the volume had been
-completely torn out.
-
-I stared down at the mutilated book. So at last the duke’s game was
-revealed in its beautiful and simple entirety. He must have hurried back
-to the Library when he left me in the telegraph office. He, of course,
-had torn out the leaves. Score two for the duke. The game was becoming
-interesting.
-
-When I called the attention of the librarian to the torn pages, he
-summoned the assistant who had given out the book. Did the assistant
-know that these fourteen pages were missing? The young man replied that
-he had noticed that yesterday. He had intended to speak to his chief
-about it. When asked if he could describe the reader, he replied that he
-could not. Pressed still further, however, he thought he remembered that
-the reader of the book had been an old man and had brown eyes. It was
-useless to say any more. It was evident that the assistant had been
-bribed and was lying. I might have given the librarian a hint or two as
-to what had become of those fourteen pages, but I wished to keep the
-police out of our game. Before long, perhaps, I might have to trust to
-the duke’s generosity. In the meanwhile, I would go to Bellagio to learn
-why Jacqueline wished to see me so urgently.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XI
-
-
-I saw no reason why I should inform either Mrs. Gordon or Jacqueline of
-my little trip to St. Petersburg. I greeted them both as if I had just
-come from Venice, and had duly received Mrs. Gordon’s invitation. It may
-be readily imagined that I was curious to know why Jacqueline had added
-her urgent telegram in addition to her aunt’s note.
-
-But Jacqueline was never a primer to be spelled out with simplicity and
-accuracy. She met my anxious and significant glance–and I took care not
-to ask questions–with smiling and open-eyed composure. She was evidently
-relieved to see me, but she made no effort to see me alone. Rather, she
-seemed to avoid me; at least, until my visit drew to a close. That close
-was sudden and startling. My departure from the Hotel Grande Bretagne
-was nothing less than a dismissal.
-
-It was not until after dinner that Mrs. Gordon gave me any clue as to
-why she had asked me to spend a few days with Jacqueline and herself at
-Lake Como. Just how long my visit was to last I was in dubious
-ignorance. I was smoking my postprandial cigar on the terrace, wondering
-how I might tactfully sound the formidable Mrs. Gordon for this
-information, when she appeared with her niece. Jacqueline was reading a
-letter from home. Mrs. Gordon held up a jeweled hand impressively, and
-waved it significantly toward her.
-
-“My dear, will you fetch me my shawl? Pray do not throw away your cigar,
-Mr. Hume. Be seated. I am anxious to have a talk with you.”
-
-My heart thumped ridiculously. Had Jacqueline confessed to her aunt her
-love for me?
-
-I professed myself properly at her disposal. She cleared her throat and
-folded her arms across her ample person. Unconsciously she was assuming
-the airs of one of the Council of Ten. But that was Mrs. Gordon’s way,
-and I waited expectantly.
-
-“It is a great pleasure to have you with us, Mr. Hume,” she began with
-ponderous cordiality.
-
-I hastened to assure her that there was no place more beautiful than
-Como in April, and looked wistfully after Jacqueline, who had brought
-the shawl, and was now strolling about the shrubbery.
-
-“You are the only person to whom I can turn in perplexity, that is,
-while we are here in Italy. It so happens that I am sadly in need of
-advice and information.”
-
-I assured her that I would do all in my power to help her.
-
-“It is with regard to Jacqueline.”
-
-I was careful to show nothing more than a friendly interest. One needed
-to be wary with the worldly Mrs. Gordon.
-
-“Or, rather, it is with regard to Duke da Sestos.”
-
-“The Duke da Sestos!” I exclaimed, startled. “I can not see, Mrs.
-Gordon, how a matter touching the Duke da Sestos can affect your niece,”
-I said after a pause.
-
-“No?” She looked after her niece thoughtfully. “But if I tell you that
-the duke is in love with her, Mr. Hume?”
-
-“And–and, her feeling toward the duke?”
-
-“I have reason to believe that Jacqueline’s wishes will coincide with
-mine,” she answered complacently.
-
-Jacqueline’s wishes would coincide with hers! There was little doubt as
-to what her wishes were. So the worst had really come. I looked out
-toward the lake, hardly trusting myself to speak. The tender blue of the
-still waters; the purple mountains; the song of birds; the cries of
-children; the toll of a church-bell; and Jacqueline, in white, slipping
-through the green trees–everything had charmed me only a moment ago. But
-now I saw only Jacqueline–not the laughing Jacqueline, my Jacqueline,
-who waved her hand back at me smiling, but the Duchess da Sestos,
-neglected wife, scorning her husband, and hating him, doomed to a slow
-and wretched death in life, sacrificed by this miserable old worldling.
-
-“I could imagine nothing more unfortunate than that she should feel any
-interest in Duke da Sestos,” I said with feeling.
-
-She looked at me anxiously.
-
-“Do you know anything derogatory to him, Mr. Hume?”
-
-“No,” I answered bluntly, “I know nothing of him.”
-
-She sighed out her relief.
-
-A large person, with an English accent carefully modulated, Mrs. Gordon
-was not easily moved to anxiety. Her nerves were padded in leather. One
-could not prick them with anything less formidable than a pitchfork. But
-my remarks had ruffled her complacency for the moment, that colossal
-complacency as immense as her wardrobe, and silly and moveless as her
-pride. But even she would hesitate to encourage the duke’s suit if I
-could show her it was quite impossible. Could I do that? At least, I
-intended to try.
-
-She pondered a moment. “So you know nothing. But it would not be
-difficult for you to make inquiries. Understanding Italian life, as you
-do, living in Venice so long––”
-
-“Make inquiries, Mrs. Gordon?” I interrupted coldly. I should have
-thought my cool stare would have disconcerted her somewhat.
-
-“And,” she continued frostily (evidently the stare had been wholly in
-vain, then), “it seems to me that my appeal to you should be received in
-the light of a duty. You are one of our oldest friends. You ought to
-have Jacqueline’s interests at heart.”
-
-“God knows I have her interests at heart,” I cried bitterly. “But I fail
-to see––”
-
-“Of his rank and station,” she continued, waving my protest aside, “I
-can judge for myself. I am told he is a personal friend of the king. His
-family antedates the very founding of Venice. I know not how many
-quarterings his coat of arms may boast. As to his finances, that,
-naturally, is a serious question. I could not, as a matter of duty,
-permit myself to ignore that important phase of the case. Still,
-Jacqueline’s _dot_, if she has due regard to my wishes, will not make
-his lack of means an insurmountable obstacle. But, Mr. Hume, his
-character, that is of importance.”
-
-“Yes,” I said significantly, “it is.”
-
-“I do not mean,” she hastened to add, “that–er–he–er–may not have been
-guilty of some of the indiscretions of youth. That is to be expected of
-a nobleman of his rank.”
-
-“Then, Mrs. Gordon, may I ask just what you do mean?” I inquired
-suavely.
-
-“That at least there must have been no scandal, Mr. Hume, no open
-scandal. I could not permit dear Jacqueline’s position to be in any way
-equivocal.”
-
-“Your concern as to that is most sensible,” I said sarcastically.
-“Still, I am in ignorance as to just how I may help you.”
-
-“Really, Mr. Hume, you are strangely heedless of my words. Did I not say
-a moment ago that I looked to you to make certain inquiries for me?”
-
-“In other words, Mrs. Gordon,” I said coldly, “you are asking me to be
-your private detective, are you not?”
-
-She held up her hands in horror.
-
-“An office that I can not undertake, even for you or your niece. I can
-think of no marriage for Jacqueline that could possibly be more
-distasteful or more disastrous.”
-
-“If you know nothing about Duke da Sestos, how can you say that his
-possible marriage with my niece could be a misfortune? I may be very
-dense, but I fail to follow your reasoning, Mr. Hume.”
-
-“But, Mrs. Gordon,” I said earnestly, “can you not guess something of a
-man’s character without knowing all about him?”
-
-“If I could,” she answered slowly, “I should say that you do not appear
-to me to be quite disinterested in your statements.”
-
-“And if that is true, Mrs. Gordon?” I flung away my cigar and my
-caution. “If I confess that I am not disinterested, as you call it? What
-then? Say that I love your niece, and I suppose it is right that you
-should know that. My love for Jacqueline is great enough not to grudge
-her happiness, even if that happiness is to be with another man. But to
-see her persuaded into a marriage that every instinct tells me is wrong,
-that I know must prove unhappy–I can not allow that to be done without a
-protest, though in making that protest I have betrayed my own love for
-her. Mrs. Gordon, if I know nothing of Duke da Sestos, I do know
-something of his class. Can I say nothing that will influence you?”
-
-She gathered her shawl about her, and looked at me with stony
-indifference. I might as well have appealed to the little waves that
-lapped the shore. But I continued desperately:
-
-“I can not help it that you misjudge me. I must speak. I must plead
-Jacqueline’s cause for her, even though she should resent my doing that,
-for I am pleading for her happiness. You lay emphasis on the rank of
-this Duke da Sestos. He is a duke. But, Mrs. Gordon, there are seventy
-ducal houses in Sicily alone. There is no law of primogeniture in Italy.
-Titles carry no distinction with them. Princes, dukes, marquises,
-counts, they are infinitely more numerous in Italy than decent men.
-
-“As to the character of this aristocracy–you ask me of the duke’s, I
-will tell you the characteristics of most. He is an officer in the
-cavalry, therefore he lives beyond his pay. He is a gambler, a
-spendthrift. His property is mortgaged to the hilt. A rich marriage is
-his only hope. He hunts, shoots, wears English clothes, and that is as
-far as he approximates the manly habits of the Englishman. The Italian’s
-idea of a sportsman is to ride to the meet in a dog-cart with a fat
-poodle at his side. The smaller the pony, the fatter the poodle, the
-more of a sportsman he is. Cards, gossip, his mistress–they make up his
-life, his real life.”
-
-“And supposing that all this is true, I do not forget that you are
-speaking of a class and not of an individual, Mr. Hume.”
-
-“I am only imploring you to be very careful.”
-
-“After you have refused to make inquiries? You are inconsistent.”
-
-She rose and confronted me with a placidity as obstinate as if I had not
-spoken.
-
-“All that you have said I will try to put to the best of motives, but
-you have not shown a generous spirit. In my turn I must appear
-ungenerous, I fear. I must protect Jacqueline, and unfortunately, in my
-opinion, her marriage with you would be quite as disastrous as you
-pretend hers would be with the duke.”
-
-“I did not mean to speak ungenerously, Mrs. Gordon,” I said humbly.
-
-“And, as I was about to say, though it may appear ungracious, I am
-compelled to withdraw my invitation that you remain our guest here.
-Unless, of course, you will give me your promise that in no way––”
-
-“I understand,” I said stiffly. “I should not feel happy to stay under
-those circumstances. I shall leave to-night.”
-
-I bowed. Then I turned to her for a last appeal.
-
-“Mrs. Gordon, it is natural that you should listen to me with suspicion,
-but try to believe that I speak disinterestedly. Do all you can to
-discourage Jacqueline. She is very young. She is romantic, like so many
-girls. It is so easy for her to make a mistake, if there is no one to
-guide, to advise. Take her away from Italy, at least for the present.
-Will you?” I held out my hand.
-
-“Mr. Hume,” she retorted spitefully, “in these affairs of the heart each
-must decide for oneself.”
-
-“Yes, yes,” I cried eagerly. Then something in her strange smile made
-the words die on my lips, and I faltered, “Jacqueline has already
-decided that–that she loves the duke?”
-
-“I have reason to believe so. The duke himself assures me that she has
-given him encouragement. More than that, Jacqueline herself does not
-deny it.”
-
-“Thank you,” I said miserably, and went into the hotel to pack my
-things. The worst had come, then, for, much as I disliked Mrs. Gordon, I
-did not do her the injustice to suppose that she was lying.
-
-Perhaps I ought to have trusted Jacqueline more. I should have known
-that no good woman listens lightly to a man’s declaration of love; and
-she had listened to mine. But, again, Jacqueline had given me no
-assurance whatever that she returned my love. She had found it difficult
-to make up her mind, not only as to whether she really loved me, but
-whether I were really in earnest in declaring my love for her. And so
-that evening I walked very soberly toward the steamboat-landing,
-followed by the porter with my bag.
-
-The little steamer had given its warning toot, my bag was aboard, I was
-about to follow, when I turned, hoping for one last glimpse of
-Jacqueline. To my surprise, she was running toward me. She was in
-distress. In an instant I was at her side.
-
-“What, what does it mean, you going away like this?” she panted.
-
-“I am going back to Venice, Jacqueline,” I answered her gravely.
-
-“To Venice!” she cried, dismayed. “To Venice this evening, and without
-saying good-by to me? Why?”
-
-“I have had a tiff, dear Jacqueline, with your aunt, and she has ordered
-me off. I leave the field,” I added a little bitterly, “to a handsomer,
-and I wish I could say to a better, man.”
-
-She withdrew the hand she had given me, and flushed angrily. Then her
-face became very pale.
-
-“Forgive me, Jacqueline, I did not mean to hurt you.”
-
-“And what has my aunt told you?” she almost whispered.
-
-“She has told me, Jacqueline, that Duke da Sestos has asked you to be
-his wife. She wishes you to consent. She believes that you have not
-refused him.”
-
-Her color came and went. She drew in a little breath, and her brown eyes
-looked over at the mountains beyond Cadenabbia. Tears gathered in them
-and began to fall slowly down her cheeks.
-
-“But it is not true,” I cried, and seized her hand. “It is impossible
-that you should have done that.”
-
-“It is quite true,” she said almost impassively. “He has asked me to be
-his wife. I have encouraged him.”
-
-“Then there is nothing more to be said. Good-by, dear Jacqueline.”
-
-She caught my coat in her eagerness.
-
-“Listen, Dick. It is because of that I telegraphed you. You must help
-me. I need you. Would you do something for me that was quite
-useless–that would give you infinite trouble–that would bring you no
-reward except my thanks?”
-
-“I think it quite possible,” I said, smiling. “What is it?”
-
-“It is so difficult to make you understand,” she cried, distressed.
-
-“I will wait till to-morrow.”
-
-“No, no; if you are to help me in this, you can not do it too quickly.”
-
-We began to walk toward the boat, which had emitted another piercing
-wail.
-
-“I told you that Duke da Sestos has asked me to marry him, and that I
-encouraged him. I did. But, oh, so unconsciously.”
-
-“You encouraged him unconsciously? Impossible!”
-
-“It is true, Dick,” she insisted tearfully. “I wished to show him how
-impossible it was that I could ever care for him–that nothing but a
-miracle could make me love him. It happened that the steel chest he gave
-me from the Palazzo stood on the drawing-room table. Quite impulsively I
-said: ‘When you bring me the casket that fitted into that steel box, I
-will listen to you.’ I said it lightly, Dick, as a bitter jest. I
-thought I was asking him to do something quite impossible. To my
-surprise, to my dismay, instead of being indignant or angry, he took my
-words quite seriously. He refused to see that I had asked him to
-accomplish an impossibility. In that intense foreign way of his, he
-kissed my hand, bidding me good-by for the present, but he promised me
-that, sooner or later, he would return with the casket. I was so
-astonished I could say nothing. Before I could recover myself he had
-gone. And if he should find it! Oh, Dick, if he should!”
-
-I laughed joyously–happily. “He shall not,” I cried, “because I am going
-to find it myself. And if I do find it, Jacqueline?”
-
-“I shall be so glad,” she said shyly.
-
-“But my book of legends,” I said with affected seriousness. “Am I to
-give up writing the legend of the clock? I thought I was to persist in
-my task. Nothing was to turn me from it.”
-
-“But I am giving you this new task, Dick,” she said, laughing happily.
-
-“Yes, yes,” I said, as I leapt aboard at the last moment. “I think I may
-find time to do this new task for you, and my legend of the clock as
-well.”
-
-Not until the boat touched the farther shores of Lake Como did it occur
-to me that Jacqueline would think this promise but a half-hearted one.
-That there was any connection between the clock and the casket she had,
-of course, no idea.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XII
-
-
-I reached Venice by the midnight express. St. Hilary was waiting for me
-on the platform.
-
-“St. Hilary!” I cried with affected gaiety, “what brings you here at two
-o’clock in the morning?”
-
-“Ah, what!” he grumbled. “Have you no imagination? But wait till we are
-in my gondola. You are going to your rooms, I suppose?”
-
-We were scarcely seated when he turned eagerly toward me. His yellow
-face was haggard for want of sleep and lined like an old carved ivory,
-but in the pale light of the lamps of the landing I saw his eyes gleam.
-
-“You are in good enough spirits to have good news. Come, no one can hear
-us now. Tell me of your little trip to Russia.”
-
-I recounted to him the story of my fruitless journey. He listened to me
-in silence. When I had finished, he drew aside the curtains of the
-gondola and looked out.
-
-“I might have known that you would have just such ill luck,” he said
-bitterly, and did not again speak until we had reached the Giudecca.
-
-We entered the Grand Canal. One thinks of the Grand Canal as a _mise en
-scène_ for endless processions of tourists. Your true _flaneur_ shuns
-it. He keeps, as far as possible, to the cool blue shadows of the little
-canals.
-
-But to-night this majestic waterway laid a fresh spell on me. It awed
-me. This silent stream, black as death, was full of mystery. A menace
-lurked in the deep shadows of the great palaces, pallid and ghostlike in
-the darkness. The steel prow of our gondola, curving upward proudly,
-dipped and glided through the inky waters. Is there in the whole world
-anything inanimate so graceful, so almost alive, so light and so cruelly
-sharp and strong as the prow of a gondola? It is the very incarnation of
-the spirit of the Venetians of the Renaissance.
-
-To-night, as we penetrated the gloom that was absolute, except for the
-light of a tiny lantern on the deck forward, I could put myself back in
-the middle ages. I could see the black barge of the _Fante_, the captain
-of the inquisitorial guard, swiftly rowed with muffled oars to the
-palazzo of the unhappy wretch who had offended against the laws of
-Venice. The barge stops at his door; the bolts are slipped by a spy
-within; the messenger of torture and imprisonment, somber as the night,
-makes his way to the bedside of the doomed man. He starts from his deep
-sleep; he is beckoned silently down the echoing stairs; he seats himself
-in the black barge; and so, shivering, he goes to his end.
-
-We shot into one of the narrow, crooked little canals. And now our
-gondola scraped the very walls of the window-barred store-houses that
-once overflowed with the wealth of the Orient. It was impossible to
-think of myself as a simple gentleman with a letter of credit at my
-bankers. St. Hilary and I were marauders, adventurers, brawlers, and
-this prosaic umbrella between my knees was a long, keen blade, ready for
-a lively bout with the watch.
-
-We were in the Giudecca now, dodging this chain and that of the shipping
-moored along the Fondamenta della Zattere. As we made for the shore
-opposite, the rain, which had been coming down in a gentle drizzle, fell
-smartly, and St. Hilary shouted to the gondolier to row faster.
-
-Giudecca quarter is anything but fashionable. Gondoliers repeat the word
-twice with scorn when the tourist expresses a wish to go there. Steamers
-from Greece and America, laden with corn, are anchored along its quay.
-From early dawn to night, hundreds of barefooted stevedores, each with
-his sack on his shoulder, patter up the narrow plank that spans ship and
-shore. An instant they poise their burden on the scale that stands at
-the doorway of the magazines, while an official from the customs-house
-jealously notes that it is full weight. Then shouldering it again, they
-are swallowed up in the cavernous interiors.
-
-Most of the old palaces of the Giudecca have degenerated into these
-store-houses. But here and there, as a thing so insignificant that it is
-overlooked, one finds a low-ceiled _trattoria_, where at the noon hour
-the stevedores drink the strong wines of Chioggia and shout out their
-lusty songs; or it may be an infinitesimal shop, where sharp-faced old
-women sell fish and cheese and cherries.
-
-All day long children sprawl and quarrel and play on the sun-baked
-pavement; and artists paint endless pictures of the red and orange sails
-drifting slowly by, with the Salute and Ducal Palace for a background.
-Yes, the Giudecca quarter is the quarter of the people. But to me the
-stevedores, the children, and the haggling old women have a charm all
-their own. And here, at the Casa Frollo where I lived, no red-booked
-tourist sets foot.
-
-Our gondolier, winded with his long pull against wind and tide, steered
-for some steps a hundred feet this side the Casa Frollo. I called to him
-to row farther up the quay, but St. Hilary irritably declared it easier
-for us to walk the distance than for him to row.
-
-“But why walk in the rain?” I expostulated. “And how are you going to
-return to your hotel on the Riva if you dismiss your gondolier?
-Gondoliers hereabouts at two o’clock in the morning are as rare as
-horses on the Piazza.”
-
-“It happens that I don’t intend to return to-night to my hotel. As a
-matter of fact there will be no bed for you, my dear Hume.”
-
-“No bed? It is not possible that you have already brought back our
-clock?”
-
-“It is not only possible, it is true. I returned this evening in time to
-get your telegram and to meet you.”
-
-“You have had it repaired in a week?”
-
-“Yes; so far as it could be repaired.”
-
-“Then there could not have been much the matter with it.”
-
-“As it happened, there was not.”
-
-“Then it seems to me that your trip to Amsterdam was not so very
-remarkable after all?” I grumbled.
-
-“Sometimes,” quietly replied St. Hilary, “one has to go to a great deal
-of trouble and expense to get a merely negative result. Sometimes it is
-necessary to find out simply what a thing is not.”
-
-“And have you found out that it is not, after all, an automaton clock?”
-
-“My dear fellow, be reasonable. In the first place, this clock had to be
-set going. It was too intricate a piece of mechanism to entrust to any
-blundering workman. Are you going to find fault because it has been set
-going without any trouble or delay? Every wheel of its works had to be
-taken apart.”
-
-“And the object of that?”
-
-“It was absolutely necessary that we should be certain that the secret
-of the clock, provided it has a secret, is told by the automata, and
-that this secret was not hidden in its works. Now, at least, we know
-what _not_ to look for.”
-
-“The automata themselves, then, hold the secret?”
-
-“So far as we can tell at present. The fact is, I have heard only two of
-the hours strike.”
-
-“And were the automata of the hours that you saw in working order?”
-
-“One of them at least was, though, I confess, the result was slightly
-disappointing. However, I certainly did not expect the secret of the
-clock to be on the surface.”
-
-We walked up the quay in silence. Suddenly, as we were crossing a
-bridge, St. Hilary seized my arm, his familiar gesture always for
-silence and caution. He looked over the parapet. Half a dozen black
-gondolas, swaying in the wind, were tied to rings in the wall. In one of
-them sat a man. A piece of tarpaulin protected him from the rain. As we
-looked at him he struck a match to light his pipe, and I saw his face.
-
-“Did you ever happen to see that gondolier before?” demanded St. Hilary
-as we walked on.
-
-“Never, so far as I know,” I answered idly, peering through the rain for
-the landmark of Palazzo Frollo, two ridiculously small marble lions on
-the rail of the balcony of the second story.
-
-“Hum, then perhaps I was mistaken. By the way, I met the duke on the
-Riva as I was going to the station to meet you.”
-
-“Indeed?” I said indifferently. I was fumbling for my night-key. I had
-insisted on that essentially Anglo-Saxon convenience, and the door had
-been fitted with a lock at my expense. I glanced up carelessly at the
-windows of my sitting-room, after the manner of one who has been away
-from home for a few days. A light was shining through the chink of the
-shutters. I pointed it out to St. Hilary.
-
-“I remember you told me that you had brought the clock to my rooms. You
-left the lamp burning, I see.”
-
-“I? No.”
-
-“Then who can have been in my rooms?”
-
-I heard St. Hilary chuckle in the darkness.
-
-“Rather, say, who is in your room? _Pianissimo, mio caro._ It will be
-amusing to surprise this midnight guest. No, no; not a light, and
-silence.”
-
-My rooms were on the second floor. We had to pass through the sala, a
-huge apartment, at least forty feet long, a T-square in shape, and it
-extended from the canal to the garden at the rear, the smaller part of
-the T-square running along the side of the canal. The ceiling of immense
-beams stretched from wall to wall. Once these beams had been gaily
-decorated with geometrical designs; now they were dingy with a faded
-coat of whitewash. The room was lighted by the feeble rays of a
-night-lamp in a niche of the wall.
-
-We tiptoed across the cold floor. Softly, very softly, I pushed down the
-straight handle of the door leading into my room. I drew this door
-cautiously toward me. A second door still hid us from the intruder, if
-intruder there was. Cautiously I pushed it ajar, and looked through the
-crack, St. Hilary squinting over my shoulder.
-
-Duke da Sestos was seated in my room, and on a table immediately in
-front of him ticked the clock. A lighted candle stood on either side of
-it. He sat huddled in the deep armchair, his head sunk on his breast.
-But he was not asleep. His elbows rested on the arms of the chair; his
-legs were comfortably crossed. A box of cigarettes was at his elbow, and
-at his elbow, too, a decanter of brandy–my brandy.
-
-I closed the door, and at that moment we heard very faintly from within
-an exquisite chime of silver bells. Then the hour of one was struck.
-
-“By Jove, St. Hilary,” I said savagely, “is that brute to amuse himself
-all night, drinking my liquors, listening to the chimes of our clock,
-unmolested?”
-
-“Not unmolested,” chuckled St. Hilary softly.
-
-“Ah, then, we stop his little game!”
-
-“With all the pleasure in the world.”
-
-He took off his cloak. It was very thick and dripping with moisture. He
-nodded at me, smiling.
-
-“Yes, yes, you get the idea? Could a troublesome guest cry out
-indignantly if this fine cloak kept his head warm, do you think?”
-
-He spread out the cloak on one outstretched arm, and tiptoed to the door
-again. I followed at his heels.
-
-“But is this necessary?” I expostulated. “Why not throw him out without
-any ado?”
-
-St. Hilary looked at me with contempt.
-
-“Do you forget the fourteen pages? We must see them. The chances are
-they are in his pocket. We are to be burglars for the nonce, dear Hume,
-and this cloak is to go over his head so that he won’t be too noisy.”
-
-I nodded. “And the program?”
-
-“It is very simple. His back is toward the door. When the next quarter
-chimes, I push open the door softly. I give a twist to my good cloak,
-and, _voila_, we shall have caught our prey. Blow out the candles, then
-help me. We shall wrap the cloak comfortably about his head, so that he
-can not see or hear. Then I go through his pockets. If the stolen pages
-are there, very good. If not, his keys may be useful. Have you a rope?
-We must fasten his arms and legs.”
-
-“Yes, a trunk-strap.”
-
-“Good. _En garde_, then. I am extremely thirsty. My poor lips ache for a
-smack of that good liqueur.”
-
-The clock chimed the half-hour sweetly. St. Hilary, holding the dripping
-cloak before him like a shield, pushed open the door.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XIII
-
-
-St. Hilary did not bungle; and the cloak served admirably. The duke was
-no mean antagonist. As I placed my knee on his spine and twisted his
-arms back, while St. Hilary adjusted the bonds and the gag, I made up my
-mind that I should have to train down a little.
-
-“And now?” I whispered, when we had trussed him up, for all the world
-like a fat fowl. It seemed to me rather useless and silly, all this
-fuss, and yet, I confess, I found it exciting.
-
-St. Hilary shook his head for silence. One of the duke’s cigarettes
-drooping at the corner of his mouth, he deliberately went through da
-Sestos’s pockets. As I watched him, I shook with silent laughter. St.
-Hilary played his part with such boyish gusto. They made a picture,
-those two: the duke straining frantically at his bonds; St. Hilary, deft
-and cool, quite to the manner born, tapping this pocket and that, and
-emptying the contents of each in a little heap on the table–money, keys,
-letters. When he had glanced through the last, he conscientiously
-returned each article to its respective pocket. Except the keys and the
-copy of a telegram. The keys he calmly transferred to his own pocket;
-the telegram he handed to me. I read it curiously:
-
-“Please tell Mr. Hume that he is by all means to give you the clock at
-once.”
-
-It was signed by Mrs. Gordon, and was directed to the duke. I looked at
-it thoughtfully.
-
-“Supposing, St. Hilary, that while reading this telegram the candle’s
-flame happened to catch it. Naturally, I should let it go–like this,” I
-whispered, and stamped on the burning paper.
-
-“Wise young man,” commented St. Hilary. “And now I am going to return
-the call of the duke. We are going to play our little game of tit for
-tat.”
-
-He put on his cloak, then, drawing its folds about him, he beckoned me
-out into the sala.
-
-“Yes, I am off to our comedian’s apartment. We must have those fourteen
-pages, if possible. Do you keep your eye on the duke there until four
-o’clock. Then let yourself down-stairs softly, very softly. Return
-noisily, very noisily. Imagine you have been dining, as the poet says,
-not wisely but too well. You will then be horrified to discover that our
-lord duke is blindfolded, strapped, and gagged. You release him with
-cries of concern. You are all sympathy. We have done our work skilfully
-enough so that he can not know we are the aggressors. It is true, he may
-guess. I shall return here to-morrow morning, probably not before noon.
-We shall need a few hours’ sleep. I hope I shall bring those fourteen
-pages with me, then we can amuse ourselves with our clock.”
-
-“But our beast of prey in there. Though he can not see or move, don’t
-forget he can hear. Keeping still until four o’clock in the morning does
-not appeal to me in the least. Why not shut him up in my coat-closet
-until it is time to release him?”
-
-“Excellent.”
-
-We entered my room again, and, in spite of his struggles, stood the duke
-upright in the narrow closet. Then, leaving him standing there like a
-mummy, we turned the key on him and left him to his reflections.
-
-“Now I’m off,” whispered St. Hilary.
-
-When he had closed the door behind him, I took the seat in front of the
-clock. I waited for the clock to strike the hour of two.
-
-The silver bell struck the three-quarter-hour. The minutes dragged on.
-As I sat there, staring at the clock, my eyes on its face, it seemed a
-thing sinister, half alive. Its yellow face took on a look that was half
-human. It made faces at me. It mocked me.
-
-And then at last a spring whirred. The little silver bells, sweet as an
-elfin chime in fairyland, shocked me into rigid attention. It was two
-o’clock. I watched the doors eagerly.
-
-At first I thought none of the twelve doors had opened. I forgot for the
-moment that the door of the second hour was at the side of the clock. I
-moved the candle to the side. Yes, the door was wide open. I thrust the
-rays of the candle at the little doorway, and I saw–what?
-
-A circular platform was being pushed slowly forward. On this platform
-was a tiny throne in silver. At the foot of this throne a bronze figure
-crouched abjectly. Another figure stood upright at the base of the
-throne. In his two hands the upright figure clutched a sword. As the
-clock struck twice, the sword was raised high above his head, with a
-droll, mechanical jerk. It descended twice on the neck of the crouching
-figure. Then, very slowly, the platform retreated into the doorway. The
-door closed.
-
-That was all. A dollar cuckoo clock is hardly less impressive or more
-ridiculous. A figure hacks with a sword at a figure complacently
-kneeling to receive the blow–that was all! But was it all? Was there
-not, behind the little figure, a background of bronze, a drop-curtain,
-so to speak? And on the background was there not something in
-bas-relief? I felt quite sure that there was, though the two automata
-must be the principal actors in the foolish scene. I jotted down as much
-as I could remember, and waited for three o’clock to strike.
-
-But if the previous hour was disappointing, this was maddeningly so.
-This time I had the two lighted candles standing at the third door, that
-not a fraction of a second might be wasted.
-
-Again the whirr of the spring and the chime of bells. The third door
-opened slowly. The circular platform was pushed out again. A single
-figure this time. I watched it, breathless, and it did–nothing. It stood
-there motionless. But at the second glance I saw that it was designedly
-motionless. It was not an automaton. It was simply a piece of bronze
-cast in the shape of an old man in a flowing robe. The Doge’s cap was on
-his head. His right arm was lifted as if gesticulating. And as the hours
-struck, there appeared from the rear of the platform, in quick
-succession, tiny round disks. They sprang into line from within one
-after the other. Before the door closed I counted ten of them. They
-stood in a row, facing the immovable figure. There was again a bronze
-plate at the back. At first I thought it was ornamented with a
-geometrical design. But as I looked at it more closely, I saw that it
-was a gate. This scene was more tantalizing than the last. When the
-clock had been in perfect repair the ten disks must have been the basis
-for ten automata, much after the fashion of the Noah’s Ark men of our
-childhood. Naturally, the ten figures suggested the Council of Ten, and
-the single figure the Doge. But one would need some imagination to guess
-their significance. The clock might have a wonderful secret to tell, but
-it would take a genius or extraordinary luck to puzzle it out.
-
-The clock ticked complacently. It seemed to jeer at me with its clacking
-rhythm. I lighted one of the duke’s excellent cigarettes. My nerves had
-been spurred to an ecstasy of excitement. I had expected wonderful
-things to happen. Nothing had happened. Nothing, I said to myself, was
-going to happen. I was very sleepy. The irritating tick-tock sounded far
-away. I nodded in my chair.
-
-The whirr of the spring and the silver chime aroused me. I leaned
-forward languidly, cynically, rubbing my eyes. The first of the six
-doors in front opened. This time no automaton appeared. In the
-background I made out some monster, a well-curb, and a tree. The door
-closed slowly. I laughed aloud. St. Hilary and myself had been mad to
-dream that after almost five centuries the clock could tell its secret,
-if indeed it had a secret to tell.
-
-I yawned, blew out the candles, put on my overcoat and hat, and slipped
-down-stairs. It was time to let the duke out of his box.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XIV
-
-
-I walked a few rods from the house, hugging the wall. Returning noisily,
-I pulled the bell half a dozen times. True, I had my key in my pocket,
-but just now it would have been as well to have left it at home. All the
-world must know I had just returned from my journey.
-
-I had to wait five minutes before the frowsy head of my housekeeper
-peered over the balcony. In the meanwhile, I discovered another head
-looking at me from over the edge of the quay. By the rays of the lantern
-at my door I recognized the face staring at me intently as that of the
-man whom we had seen smoking under the bridge. He was the duke’s
-gondolier. He was waiting for his master.
-
-Then he knew the duke was in my rooms. That was awkward. Had he seen me
-come out of the house? Nothing was more likely. What if his master
-should question him, presently, if he had seen any suspicious characters
-about? What if the man told his master that he had seen me come sneaking
-out of the house one minute, to return noisily the next? When he
-described me, what would the duke naturally infer? And if, still later,
-the duke discovered that St. Hilary had paid this midnight visit to his
-room? Well, at any rate, he would be assured that we were really in
-earnest. He would know that if the casket was to be found, he was not
-the only one who was looking for it.
-
-I stepped into the hall and banged the door after me. I stumbled up the
-stairs. I clattered across the sala. I sang. I lurched into a table. I
-fell with a crash against the closet-door in which the duke was
-imprisoned. There was no doubt about my having come home this time. Even
-the duke in his narrow box must have heard me. I lighted a candle, and
-taking off my coat and waistcoat, I held them in front of me with one
-hand and flung open the closet-door with the other. I was prepared to
-express surprise. I had an exclamation conveniently on my lips. It so
-happened that my surprise was genuine. As I opened the door the duke
-toppled over limply into my arms. He had fainted.
-
-I let him slip to the floor. I unbound his wrists and legs. I tore off
-the gag. I chafed his hands. I poured water over his face. Upon my word,
-between us we had well-nigh smothered the chap.
-
-He opened his eyes presently. Sitting up, he blinked at me. Slowly the
-pallor left his face. He glanced about the room; he shook himself
-together, rose to his feet, laughed lightly, and, walking over to the
-table where his cigarettes lay, he lighted one, and inhaled it deeply.
-
-“Ah, my friend Hume, that was not a pleasant half-hour. I must thank
-you, my deliverer.”
-
-I shook hands rather guiltily. I noticed that he was curiously examining
-his cigarettes.
-
-“The thief has been helping himself,” he said carelessly.
-
-“Thief?” I cried, alarmed, and rushed to my bedroom. I threw out the
-contents of a drawer or two, and came back into the sitting-room, the
-picture of despair.
-
-“Yes, thieves,” I said feebly, as I sank into a chair. “A diamond
-scarf-pin, a watch, a few hundred lire–all stolen.”
-
-“_Mio caro_,” he cried hypocritically, seizing my hands.
-
-“But how did you get into my closet?” I demanded.
-
-“My dear Mr. Hume, do you think I walked in there?”
-
-“I suppose not,” I answered dryly; “but I suppose you walked into my
-sitting-room?”
-
-He was voluble in his excuses. He had come on a little errand. He must
-have fallen asleep. He remembered nothing till he was seized and bound
-and robbed.
-
-“So they have robbed you, these thieves?” I asked indiscreetly.
-
-“Yes; they have taken my keys,” and he looked at me keenly.
-
-“Your keys!” I expostulated. “What would they do with your keys? You
-must have left them at home.”
-
-“Perhaps. _Eh bien_, Mr. Hume, I must bid you good night. I must walk, I
-suppose, to the Tragetto Ponte del Piccolo for a gondolier. Why, my
-friend, do you dwell in this barbarous Giudecca?” Then his eyes fell on
-the table, where the clock ticked loudly. “Ah ha, my old clock, and it
-goes. Capital! I had quite forgotten my errand.”
-
-“And that is?”
-
-“To deprive you of my clock, my friend. Do you forget that we were to
-telegraph Madame Gordon in St. Petersburg? Oh, la, la, you did not wait
-for me at the bureau, I remember. That was not the act of a sportsman.”
-He shook his head reproachfully.
-
-“I thought it was you who did not wait for me,” I said dryly. “And have
-you yet received an answer to your telegram?”
-
-“But yes. Behold!” He fumbled in his breast-pocket, and sorted rapidly a
-package of letters and papers. “_Accidenti!_” he cried, “it is not
-here.”
-
-“No doubt you left it at home with the keys,” I said coolly.
-
-“Eh? At home with the keys?” He looked at me with half-shut eyes.
-
-“Why not?” I asked, yawning, and casting a longing eye toward my
-bedroom.
-
-He began to laugh boisterously. “It is a matter to laugh over that
-thieves should rob one of a telegram and one’s keys, _hein?_”
-
-“Decidedly,” I said uneasily.
-
-“But it will be the simplest thing in the world for me to get another
-telegram,” he cried mockingly. “The thieves will not inconvenience me in
-the slightest. And as to their going to my rooms, bah, I am not so big a
-fool as to leave anything of interest there for an intruder to gaze at.
-No, Mr. Hume, not so big a fool as that. By the way, did you find your
-bibelot, that rare bibelot in the Imperial Library, interesting?”
-
-“I did not take the trouble to go back for it,” I lied carelessly. “A
-telegram from Miss Quintard recalled me to Bellagio.”
-
-I startled him as I had intended to. His face darkened. He looked at the
-clock again.
-
-He had heard the spring whirr metallically. The bells began to strike.
-Instinctively we both turned, and watched the fourth door open slowly.
-Again the figure on the platform had been broken off. What the
-background was I could not see. I dared not show too great curiosity
-before the duke.
-
-The door closed. The duke and I looked at each other.
-
-“It is interesting, all the same, my droll old clock.”
-
-I shrugged my shoulders.
-
-“I see that you have had it repaired.”
-
-“I was wondering if that fact would dawn on you,” I said.
-
-“Am I to understand that because you have had the clock repaired, my
-right to it is the less real?” he inquired, an ugly gleam in his blue
-eyes.
-
-“You are to understand precisely that,” I replied. “And permit me to
-remind you, first of all, that this clock is not yours. It is now Mrs.
-Gordon’s. She has asked me to keep it for her. I shall take whatever
-steps I may think necessary for its safe keeping. I am beginning to
-think that it is valuable when people break into my rooms to observe
-it.”
-
-“Break into your rooms?” He looked at me angrily.
-
-“I beg your pardon,” I said suavely. “I was thinking, of course, of the
-thieves.”
-
-He bowed. “A very natural mistake. _Felice noce._”
-
-“Good night, duke.” We pressed each other’s hands warmly.
-
-But at the door he turned.
-
-“Mr. Hume, do you not think that when people resort to the extreme
-measures of binding one and shutting one up in closets they must be
-decidedly anxious that one shall not see things?”
-
-“Without a doubt,” I retorted airily. “As, for instance, when they tear
-leaves out of library-books.”
-
-Again we bowed. So we understood each other.
-
-I threw open my shutters and looked out. The duke was stepping into his
-gondola. Evidently he saw it was useless to sail longer under false
-colors. He waved to me familiarly.
-
-It was a superb morning. The rain had been blown away. Venice had robed
-herself in glory, and proudly enthroned herself as the great
-enchantress, the magician of the seas.
-
-I threw myself wearily on my bed for a few hours’ sleep. The clock might
-strike as it would. I was disgusted with its antics.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XV
-
-
-It was long past noon when I was awakened by St. Hilary.
-
-“Well,” I asked sleepily, “have you had any luck?”
-
-“None whatever. The duke’s belongings were packed. His rooms were
-dismantled. If you remember, he has been living at Bellagio the past few
-days. He has a villa there.”
-
-“So you have no trace of the missing papers?”
-
-“No trace,” he replied gloomily. “But tell me of your own adventures
-with the duke.”
-
-“It appears,” he said ruefully, when I had finished, “that the duke has
-had the advantage of us after all. But at least we have the clock.”
-
-“Yes,” I echoed sarcastically, “we have the clock. But it seems to me
-that the childish contrivances one sees sold on the boulevards of Paris
-for ten sous are as ingenious. I have heard it strike four of the hours,
-and each hour’s results were more disappointing than the last.”
-
-“Did you expect to find its secret on the surface, like the pebbles on
-the sea-shore? There are pebbles on the shore, yes. But, my friend, a
-poet has said we must dive for the pearls.”
-
-“The automata are all more or less broken,” I grumbled. “We gained
-precious little by our trips to Holland and Russia, I think.”
-
-“I don’t call my trip a failure.”
-
-“But your Dutch clock-maker didn’t repair the automata,” I insisted.
-
-“Very true. But he was able to assure me what I had already guessed and
-hoped might be true–that the antics of the automata, even when the clock
-was in perfect order, could never have amounted to much. Their various
-movements, however droll and amusing, were too simple to have much
-significance.”
-
-“The automata have no significance!” I repeated testily. “Why, I thought
-the fact that the clock as an automaton clock was precisely the
-significant point. If the automata amount to no more than a row of pins,
-how the devil is the clock to tell its secret?”
-
-“My dear Hume,” returned St. Hilary quietly, “they may amount in the end
-to a row of diamonds. I did not say that the automata have no
-significance whatever. On the contrary, they are perhaps the principal
-actors of each scene. But the chorus of each scene is to be found in the
-bas-reliefs that appear on the bronze plates forming the backgrounds. If
-we grant that, the office of the automaton figures is chiefly to
-identify the twelve scenes in the bas-relief.”
-
-“But if that is true, shall we be able to identify the scenes in the
-backgrounds when the automatic figures are missing?”
-
-“It will be difficult to do so, certainly. But I believe these automata
-have a purpose more subtle than that. If my theory is correct, the mad
-goldsmith would not tell his secret by the uncertain means of a lot of
-dancing and gesticulating figures. The mechanism would be too intricate
-and delicate to stand the test of wear and time. It is most probable
-that the automatic figures, while serving the subsidiary purpose of
-identifying the various scenes in the backgrounds, are really a bluff.
-They are a blind to rob the backgrounds of their significance. They are
-designed to catch the attention of the unwary. The unthinking man, held
-by the movements of the figures themselves, would look no farther.”
-
-“That is a really ingenious theory, St. Hilary,” I said admiringly.
-
-“Be sure of this,” replied the dealer complacently, “the riddle that man
-has been ingenious enough to devise, man is ingenious enough to solve.”
-
-“Granting always that it is a consistent riddle.”
-
-“And I have enough faith in my goldsmith to believe that,” said St.
-Hilary obstinately. “But it is three minutes to one. The clock is about
-to strike.”
-
-We watched the first of the doors open, the circular platform pushed
-out. A headless figure stood motionless, its right hand resting on a
-lion’s head. At the stroke of the hour, the beast lifted its paw and
-dropped it again. The headless figure wiggled its left hand. Then the
-platform solemnly retreated, and the door was noiselessly shut.
-
-“Doesn’t that simply cap the climax for exquisite inanity?” I cried.
-
-“It is silly enough to bear out my theory. The raising of that lion’s
-paw, the ludicrous wiggling of the solemn figure’s hand, can not
-possibly have any meaning.”
-
-“Why are you so sure of that?”
-
-“Because the gestures were made but once. But you observed the
-background?”
-
-“It was simply the Ducal Palace,” I said indifferently, “which of itself
-may mean much or nothing.”
-
-“Precisely. It is the figure and the lion that give the scene its vital
-touch. Any schoolboy could have recognized them. They stand, of course,
-for San Marco, the patron saint of Venice, and his lion. And now, let us
-get to work. Our first step must be to make ourselves familiar with
-every detail of each scene of the hours.”
-
-“Since the automata are useless, and, in most of the hours, are missing
-entirely, why should we not take flashlight snap-shots of the twelve
-backgrounds? We could then study them at our leisure.”
-
-“Excellent. But the camera?”
-
-“I have a very good one with an admirable lens. I can take the pictures
-myself. These photos we can always carry about with us on our person.
-There will be no danger of the duke’s stealing those. But the clock, we
-can’t keep guard over it all the time. The duke will surely insist on
-its being given up to him sooner or later. If necessary, he will call in
-the police.”
-
-“Hume, you are an inspiration. What’s your idea for getting rid of it?”
-
-“If I shipped it to America for Mrs. Gordon, ought she not to be
-grateful to me for saving her that bother!”
-
-“But the duke could readily prevail on her to cable to America to have
-it sent back to her. The ruse would give us a month’s start, it is true;
-but what if we shouldn’t find the casket in a month?”
-
-“I have thought of that. If it were sent to a wrong address, by mistake,
-or to your shop, for example? And if you sent instructions that the box
-was to be put carefully away until your return?”
-
-“My dear fellow, you are a jewel of thoughtfulness. Take your
-flash-lights immediately; and when you have made twelve perfect
-pictures, we will pack the clock, and see ourselves that it is safely
-started on its long journey to America. Until then, one or the other of
-us must guard it day and night.”
-
-I took the twelve flash-lights. They were a perfect success. Two days
-later the clock was boxed, labeled “Glass, with care,” and on its way to
-Genoa, whence it was to be shipped to New York.
-
-On the same steamer was a letter from the dealer to his partner,
-advising him that a box containing an article of value had been shipped
-that day, and instructing him to have it stored away carefully until
-further orders. All information concerning it was to be absolutely
-withheld.
-
-We acted not a day too soon. Our duke appeared again; this time armed
-with legal authority. I expressed the profoundest regret, but how could
-I dare to keep so valuable an antique longer in my possession, since I
-had reason to know that thieves had already forced their way into my
-rooms to steal it? The duke stormed and threatened. I smiled at him
-blandly. When he asked me where I had sent it, I informed him that I had
-despatched it to New York, in the care of St. Hilary’s partner. As to
-the instructions St. Hilary had given his partner, the dealer in
-antiques would doubtless tell him what they were, since he had written
-them. St. Hilary lied, cheerfully and absolutely, asserting that he had
-sent orders to his partner promptly to surrender the clock to any person
-bearing a signed note from Mrs. Gordon.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XVI
-
-
-For a week St. Hilary scarcely left my room. He ate little; he smoked
-boxes of cigarettes; he consumed pots of black coffee. Such sleep as he
-had he snatched for an hour at a time in my armchair. And always in
-front of him were the photographs of the backgrounds of the twelve
-hours.
-
-As for me, I waited on him hand and foot. I was a hewer of wood and a
-drawer of water. Now I went to Rosen’s to buy some volume, now to
-Organia’s to borrow a collection of rare prints, now to the Museo Civico
-to consult the director. The archives of the Frari, the Academy of Arts,
-each of them saw me often. In the morning, perhaps I looked at a picture
-of Carpaccio or Bellini; in the afternoon I explored an obscure
-_canaletto_.
-
-I was content to take the humbler position. St. Hilary had a right to
-command. His had been the discovery that made the search possible.
-Again, it seemed fit that his quicker brain should catch the fire, the
-inspiration. I did not doubt but that sooner or later from the mass of
-lifeless evidence, which he was heaping about him, he would surely draw
-forth the secret.
-
-But now, after a week of fruitless searching, his chin a reproach, his
-hands trembling, and his temper a thing to be respected, he leaned back
-in the chair and despaired.
-
-“It is useless,” he sighed. “The thing is not to be done in a day or a
-week. I have not the art of divination. Sometimes I feel that I am on
-the right track. I grope; I touch something; I clutch at it, but it
-eludes me, always. There stands the ticking, mocking braggart. It laughs
-at us with its brazen wheels; it mocks us with its silver tongue. I
-believe that the spirit of the mad goldsmith actually dwells in its
-hollow sides.”
-
-And yet, in spite of St. Hilary’s despair, we had accomplished
-something.
-
-Of the original automata of the twelve hours we had found four only to
-be in actual working order. In three of the hours, some of the figures
-were intact, and some were broken. In the five remaining hours, the
-figures were completely lacking.
-
-To consider the four hours with the figures intact, namely, 1, 2, 6, 7:
-
-1.–A robed figure and a lion. The lion nods once.
-
-2.–A figure standing over a kneeling slave in an attitude of menace,
-twice strikes the neck of the slave with a sword.
-
-6.–A dancing figure advances ten steps forward and retreats ten steps.
-
-7.–A dove appears at the window of a tower.
-
-In hours 3, 8, 9, some of the figures were intact, some broken:
-
-3.–A robed figure seated in a chair. Before this figure, designedly
-motionless, ten disks appear in succession, and are ranged in a row. The
-figures are broken off the disks.
-
-8.–A crowned figure standing on a dais before a throne. A second figure
-at the foot of the throne is broken off.
-
-9.–A seated figure with a scepter.
-
-In hours 4, 5, 10, 11, 12 there was not the slightest fragment of the
-figures remaining.
-
-So much for the automata.
-
-The scenes of the bas-reliefs of the backgrounds were as follows:
-
-1.–A palace, plainly the Doge’s palace. Seven arches of the palace are
-seen. Beneath six of these arches groups of men are standing–ten figures
-in each group, or sixty in all.
-
-2.–A hanging.
-
-3.–A gate.
-
-4.–Three trees; a beast of burden, probably a camel; a well.
-
-5.–Badly mutilated.
-
-6.–Two figures seated on the balcony over the doorway of San Marco. One
-figure wears the Doge’s cap; the other is crowned with a wreath of
-laurel.
-
-7.–A barge on a stormy sea.
-
-8.–An empty room in a palace. The door is open; no figures are seen.
-
-9.–Thirteen kneeling figures with outstretched hands.
-
-10.–Six gondolas in procession; tritons spouting.
-
-11.–Mutilated.
-
-12.–Three figures holding out bags.
-
-Such were the automata and the bas-reliefs in the backgrounds of the
-twelve hours.
-
-As to the scenes they represented, St. Hilary had made a rough guess at
-most of them. Four or five of the scenes he thought he had identified
-unmistakably. All twelve of them were scenes out of Venetian history.
-When I urged him for the results he had gained so far, he declared at
-first that they were too meager to be suggestive. But I was not to be
-balked.
-
-“I have been running your errands for a week, St. Hilary,” I reminded
-him. “I have been your obedient messenger–an intelligent messenger, if
-you will–and I have left you to do the piecing together of the different
-parts of the puzzle. Now I want to know what you have accomplished.”
-
-“There is very little to tell,” he said sulkily. “Scene one represents
-St. Mark and his lion, the tutelary saint of Venice. As to the second
-scene, the story is in every guide-book. The artist Gentile Bellini
-visited the Sultan of Turkey, and painted for him a picture of the
-daughter of Herodias bringing in the head of St. John the Baptist on a
-charger. The Sultan objected that the neck was not rightly drawn–that
-when a man was beheaded, no neck appeared at all, in fact. The artist
-disputed the point. To prove himself in the right, the Sultan struck off
-a slave’s head.”
-
-“And the third hour–the ten disks arranged in a row?”
-
-“The Council of Ten, I suppose.”
-
-“Well, well, the fourth, St. Hilary?” I cried sharply.
-
-“Perhaps you know its significance. I don’t. The camel doesn’t figure in
-Venetian history, so far as I know. It is true, Marco Polo traveled to
-the Great Khan of Cathay. The scene might have been a chapter out of his
-life. But after wading through his travels I have failed to find it.”
-
-“And the next, I suppose, is too badly mutilated to be identified?”
-
-“Absolutely,” he grumbled.
-
-“And the background of the sixth hour?” I asked, studying the photograph
-through a powerful magnifying-glass. “Have you been able to identify
-either of the two figures seated on the balcony?”
-
-“Both,” he replied with more animation. “The figure with the Doge’s cap
-is Dandolo. The figure crowned with a wreath of laurel by his side
-represents the poet Petrarch, who was his guest. The automatic figure
-that dances the ten steps forward and backward symbolizes a festival
-held on the Piazza after Venice had subdued her enemy Crete.”
-
-“The seventh hour represents,” I ventured, “the legend of the Doge
-receiving news of victory by a carrier-pigeon. Every child who feeds the
-creatures on the Piazza knows that story. The tower must be the
-Campanile.”
-
-“Quite right. The scene of the eighth hour,” continued St. Hilary, “you
-discovered for yourself in the Academy this morning. The room of the
-palace in the background is an exact reproduction of the palace seen in
-the painting of Carpaccio.”
-
-“And the ninth?” I demanded, feeling that our information was meager
-indeed.
-
-“Here, again, we can only guess. The broken figure may be Carmagnola,
-the soldier of fortune. The thirteen figures kneeling in the background
-no doubt typify his conquered enemies. The procession of the gondolas
-and the spouting tritons in the tenth probably represent the going of
-the Doge in his bucentaur to wed the Adriatic.”
-
-“And the eleventh hour must be quite hopeless. The automaton is missing
-and the plate at the back is battered beyond all recognition,” I said
-moodily.
-
-“The twelfth is almost as obscure,” concluded St. Hilary. “The figures
-holding out the bags are perhaps conquered Genoese offering ransom.”
-
-“It is not very promising,” I confessed, “Have you any theory whatever
-as to the meaning of these scenes?”
-
-“I have a dozen. But they are all equally impossible.”
-
-“Let me hear one of them, at least,” I urged.
-
-“Well, then, if I repeat to you the numbers 10, 4, 7, 21, 1, 10, 3, 40,
-of what do you at once think?”
-
-“A cipher,” I cried eagerly.
-
-“That is the theory that seems to me the most hopeful at present. The
-numbers I have mentioned are the figures of the different successive
-scenes. It is barely possible that these numbers, either alone or
-combined with other numbers, might bring us to the hiding-place of the
-casket. The trouble is that not every scene has figures in the
-background. The eighth, for instance. And in hours five and eleven, the
-backgrounds are so mutilated that, even if this theory were true, we
-should lack those numbers to make our cipher complete.”
-
-“And yet the existence of a cipher seems the only possible way by which
-the riddle may be solved.”
-
-“I believe that is true. There are twelve hours, that is, there are
-twelve different steps–twelve different links to the whole chain.
-Beginning at hour one, so many steps, paces, or what not, ought to bring
-us to hour two. There, beginning afresh, so many steps, paces, and so
-forth, again ought to bring us to hour three, and so on. Do you get the
-idea?”
-
-“It sounds reasonable,” I replied thoughtfully. “But since two or three
-scenes are missing, I can not see much promise in this theory.”
-
-“I told you that they were all impossible,” growled the dealer. “So far
-we are quite at sea. To-morrow, perhaps–” he sighed wearily.
-
-“To-morrow perhaps we shall have better luck,” I said cheerfully. “It is
-always darkest before the dawn.”
-
-“_Pas de banalités._ I am not a Sunday-school scholar to be preached at.
-Come, let’s to dinner.”
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XVII
-
-
-Three weeks passed before we made any further progress. A clue, but
-always an imaginary clue, would prick us into feverish activity, which
-invariably led us nowhere.
-
-But toward the end of the third week of our search, St. Hilary came to
-my rooms one afternoon, triumphant. He had actually made a discovery.
-And this discovery proved, beyond the peradventure of a doubt, not only
-that the clock had a story to tell, not only that the twelve hours
-actually did constitute twelve links of a chain, but that somewhere, in
-the background of each hour, there was some mark corresponding to a like
-mark in some part of Venice.
-
-“It is only a little clue,” he said with affected modesty, “a very
-little one. But who knows that it may not be the wedge that shall pry
-open our treasure-box?”
-
-“Produce this wedge by all means,” I said skeptically.
-
-“This morning, about half past ten, I found myself in the Campo San
-Salvatore–you know it, the little square with the house of the gaily
-painted balcony and the roses on the north side. At the left of the
-square, going toward San Marco, perhaps you remember, there is a boys’
-school. You may have observed a respectable old servant who walks
-solemnly up to the big bell on the left of the door, leading a little
-boy by the hand. He always rings the bell at eight o’clock in the
-morning. When the door is opened he hands the school-books to his
-charge, shakes his finger at him, and toddles off to the seller of
-sweetened water at the corner for a drink.”
-
-“Has this respectable old man anything to do with your precious
-discovery?” I asked impatiently.
-
-“A great deal to do with it. This morning, as I was saying, I caught
-sight of my old man and the young gentleman. My eyes dwelt on them
-affectionately while the servant rang the big bell, and shook his
-forefinger at the smiling boy. Now observe, my dear Hume; if I hadn’t
-met my old man, I should have hurried through the square. In that case I
-should have missed the boy with the fish.”
-
-“Oh, there is a boy with a fish, is there?” I remarked.
-
-“Yes,” he said severely, “there is a boy with a fish. While I stood
-watching the old man, a stream of curses and abuse in the Venetian
-dialect disturbed my pleasant reflections. I turned, and there, at the
-open door of a large house, stood a barefooted boy with a flat basket of
-fish. Two servants were shrieking at him like the very devil. The fish
-was bad, perhaps, or the boy had given the wrong change. I do not know.
-The point is that the old servant, the seller of sweetened water, who
-left his stand, and the dark-eyed gipsies at the well, who left their
-buckets, came to look on. The bad little boy with the fish didn’t like
-this publicity. Especially when a majestic policeman with a long feather
-in his round hat––”
-
-I groaned. “Is the majestic policeman with the long feather in his round
-hat absolutely essential?”
-
-“The majestic policeman with the long feather in his round hat is
-absolutely essential”, said St. Hilary with an amused drawl.
-
-“Even the long feather in the round hat!” I could not resist asking.
-
-“Especially the long feather in the round hat, as you will see if you
-are patient For this majestic policeman came on the bad little boy quite
-unawares, and, seizing his ear, he made him a prisoner. Then the
-youngster wrenched himself free, only to run headlong into another
-policeman who was coming from the Calle San Rosario. The _spighetti_,
-compelled to double on his tracks, plunged recklessly into the first
-opening that offered. This happened to be the gate leading into the
-school garden, that chanced to be wide open. Now, we thought, the
-youngster will surely be caught, and when the policeman with the long
-feather in his hat languidly strolled after his prey, the rest of the
-square pressed respectfully after to see the fun. But the young
-ragamuffin had the policeman now quite at his mercy, for he lost himself
-immediately among threescore of boys at play. So that presently, while
-the policeman was vainly searching the garden for him, the bad little
-boy regained the entrance. He cast one cautious eye into the square to
-be sure that the second policeman had disappeared, and then, after the
-manner of small boys the world over, he held his thumb and fingers
-extended at the majestic policeman, and called him naughty names.”
-
-“A beautiful little sketch of low life in Venice,” I said sarcastically.
-“But I fail to see even yet the pertinency of the long feather in the
-round hat.”
-
-“Patience, my friend. When he had sufficiently insulted the majestic
-policeman in this manner, he took one of his mullets, and hurling it
-with precision–-–”
-
-“Struck the round hat with the long feather.”
-
-“–Missed the round hat with the long feather,” corrected St. Hilary with
-calm precision, “but struck the long feather on the round hat. It hung
-pitifully, a draggled and wobegone bit of finery; and those of us who
-had followed him into the court naturally regarded it with respectful
-sympathy. And then my heart came into my mouth. The broken feather was
-pointing, as it were a human hand, straight to a round––”
-
-“Not another round hat!” I cried in despair.
-
-“–Straight to a round stone let into the wall. And on this round stone
-was carved a camel’s head, the precise image of the camel’s head in this
-photograph of the background of the fourth hour.”
-
-St. Hilary looked at me in triumph, and, picking up the photograph,
-thrust it into my hand.
-
-“The precise image of the camel’s head in this photograph,” I repeated,
-trying to grasp the significance of that statement. “But why should you
-think that the clock-maker copied the head of that particular camel in
-the background of the fourth hour? My dear St. Hilary, your introduction
-was too elaborate for your news to be striking. I expected something
-more startling.”
-
-“But, idiot,” cried the dealer, exasperated, “look at the photograph. Do
-you see nothing peculiar about that camel’s head?”
-
-I took the magnifying-glass and studied the photograph carefully.
-
-“Nothing–unless it be the eye. Perhaps it is a defect in the
-workmanship. But it looks–yes, it certainly does look as if the camel
-was blind.”
-
-“The camel carved on the stone let into the wall of the house is blind
-also.”
-
-“This _is_ news, if it is not the merest chance,” I cried.
-
-“And before the house was used as a school, it was called the House of
-the Blind Camel.”
-
-“The House of the Blind Camel!” I repeated excitedly. “By Jove, St.
-Hilary, does that mean you have stumbled on one of the twelve
-landmarks?”
-
-“Patience. Look at your photograph again. What else do you see in the
-background of the fourth hour?”
-
-“A well,” I answered promptly. “If you have found the well, there can be
-no doubt.”
-
-“And I _have_ found the well. Look at the photograph. What is the design
-of the beading round the curb?”
-
-“A looped wreath with pomegranates between each loop.”
-
-“The well in the school garden has a beading of the same design. But
-study the photograph a moment–look carefully at the second and third
-pomegranates from the left. Do you notice anything peculiar?”
-
-“No, I see nothing peculiar about them.”
-
-“The more we study the history of this clock, Hume, the more I am
-impressed with the fact that the eye is a most unreliable organ. We
-rarely see a thing as it actually is; we see it as we expect it to be.
-Take the magnifying-glass and look at those second and third
-pomegranates carefully.”
-
-“I see now,” I cried. “They are not pomegranates; they are two
-rosettes.”
-
-“And there are two rosettes between two of the loops of the well in the
-garden. You grasp the importance of the discovery, I hope. It means that
-we have to study the photographs from quite a different point of view.
-All we have to do now is to find in the various backgrounds some
-significant mark that is paralleled in the various landmarks about
-Venice that lead to the casket.”
-
-“Are you not a little too sanguine, St. Hilary? These twelve marks are
-often most obscure. In the fifth and the eleventh hours there are no
-marks whatever.”
-
-“That is true,” replied St. Hilary thoughtfully. “This discovery by
-itself is quite useless. If we could have found the mark of the fifth
-hour we could have begun at this fourth hour. But since that is
-missing––”
-
-“And I suppose it is useless for us to think of beginning with the
-landmarks of the last hours, even if we could find them in the
-background. The last of the landmarks would be almost certainly found
-not in the open air, but in the interior of some palace.”
-
-“There is another difficulty that has just occurred to me,” continued
-St. Hilary. “We have been taking it for granted that we start from the
-Pillar of San Marco in the Piazzetta. I still think that it is
-reasonable that the search begins there. If that be true, we find
-ourselves in the fourth hour at the Campo San Salvatore, but the
-landmark of the sixth hour brings us back to the balcony of San Marco in
-the Piazza again. In the next hour we simply stroll a few feet away to
-the Campanile. In that case the mad clock-maker has been leading us
-about in a senseless circle. He may have been mad, but he was not as mad
-as that.”
-
-“Then you think the wisest thing is for us to search for the second
-landmark? It does not seem particularly promising. So far as I can see,
-it is merely a curtain, with a conventional decoration of what appears
-to be more like two husks of corn than anything else I can think of. One
-of these husks is perpendicular; the other horizontal.”
-
-“I see no reason why we should not begin with the sixth hour,” asserted
-St. Hilary.
-
-“I think we may begin at any one of them with an equal chance of
-success,” I said hopelessly. “This search of ours is like nothing so
-much as hunting for twelve needles in twenty thousand haystacks.”
-
-And it turned out that I was right. For several days we made no farther
-progress. We became so utterly fatigued and weary of looking for we knew
-not what that we saw nothing. We took to wandering vaguely about the
-canals and the streets. A restlessness urged us out at all hours in
-search of these vague landmarks. Every morning after breakfast we set
-out somewhere. Every evening we returned discouraged. And so a month
-passed, and we were no nearer to the da Sestos casket.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XVIII
-
-
-Jacqueline and I had not written to each other for nearly three weeks.
-
-When I first returned from Bellagio I had intended to explain the
-apparent flippancy of my last words to her–that I could write the legend
-of the da Sestos clock, as well as search for the casket. For Jacqueline
-was, as I have said, quite ignorant that the casket and the clock were
-in any way connected.
-
-But I had not done so. Partly because I wished to surprise her with that
-fact, and partly because success had not crowned our efforts as soon as
-I had hoped. I regretted that I had not told her everything; and yet
-each day I put off doing so. And so three weeks passed, and still I had
-not told her.
-
-The fact is, this search for the casket had in some subtle way raised a
-barrier between Jacqueline and myself. At first I had entered into the
-quest with enthusiasm. Jacqueline’s entreaty had given the task a
-dignity and a certain sacredness. But, gradually, my motive for finding
-it was lost sight of. The madness of St. Hilary had also entered my
-veins. I became more and more eager for success purely for its own sake,
-and not for Jacqueline’s. The quest had become almost a mania–just such
-a restless, haunting, cruel longing as tempts the miner to drag his
-aching feet one more burning mile for the gold he covets. That
-Jacqueline had asked me to find the casket for her redeemed the search
-from folly. But as soon as I cared for the thing itself it became a
-degrading passion.
-
-It was Sunday morning. St. Hilary had insisted upon my going once more
-to the Academy of Arts to compare the photograph of the eighth hour with
-Carpaccio’s picture, the Dismissal of the Ambassadors, in the series of
-paintings known as the Martyrdom of St. Ursula. I was still in search,
-of course, of the ever-baffling landmark.
-
-The bell of the English church was solemnly tolling in the Campo San
-Agnese. The doors of the Academy were not yet open, and I began to watch
-listlessly the well-dressed throng of English and American tourists
-crossing the big iron bridge on their way to divine service. To my great
-surprise I saw Jacqueline among them.
-
-There was a pensive look on her lovely face that touched me. I realized,
-now that I saw her, how great had been my folly. My eyes had been bent
-on the mire, while the goddess herself was passing by. I sprang up the
-steps of the bridge, and met her half-way across.
-
-“Jacqueline,” I cried, “when did you come to Venice?”
-
-She looked at me with a sort of gentle wonder. I put up my hand guiltily
-to my chin. St. Hilary and myself had grown so absorbed in our search
-that we had given little thought to what we ate or drank or what we wore
-or how we looked. But Jacqueline, it seemed, was observing my face and
-not my scrubby beard.
-
-“We arrived last night. But you look a ghost, a shadow of yourself.”
-
-“The hunt for the casket, Jacqueline, is an excellent preventive against
-obesity,” I said lightly.
-
-At this reference to the casket the color slowly left her cheeks, and
-her eyes looked into mine wistfully.
-
-“You–you are still searching for it?”
-
-“Of course I am!” I answered almost gruffly.
-
-“I did not know. You have not written,” she said quietly.
-
-“If I have not written,” I answered, “it is because there was nothing to
-write about.”
-
-“Nothing to write about, Dick?” She smiled dreamily.
-
-“Not worth mentioning, Jacqueline.”
-
-“Then you are still in the dark?”
-
-“Absolutely.”
-
-“And–and you have little hope?”
-
-“Almost no hope.”
-
-Absorbed though I was in my own selfish feeling, I could not but notice
-the disappointment of her tone. We were at the church door now. She held
-out her hand. To see her pass thus out of my sight, to know that my own
-obstinacy was raising this barrier between us, that I had wounded her–I
-could not let her go like that, even for a few hours.
-
-“Jacqueline,” I said firmly, “I wish to tell you about this search. I
-know a half street, half campo near here, delightfully shaded with
-mulberry trees. There are benches, and one may sit there and talk
-quietly. Will you go with me? I will not keep you long.”
-
-“Well, Dick, what is it?” she asked when she was seated.
-
-Her hands were clasped loosely in her lap. Her gaze passed me by, and
-dwelt on the cage of a thrush hanging on a nail in a doorway. The
-feathered prisoner was singing in ecstasy.
-
-“This mad quest that you have sent me on,” I broke out impetuously, “I
-want you to release me from it.”
-
-She was silent a moment, then drew herself up with a certain hauteur.
-
-“I release you from it, of course, since you wish it,” she answered with
-dignity.
-
-“No, no, Jacqueline. Not in that way. Do not misunderstand me. I call it
-a mad quest not because it seems a hopeless one. It is mad, because it
-is useless. The most rigid sense of honor could not hold you to your
-lightly spoken word. You love the duke, or you do not. You love me, or
-you do not. Surely you do not pit us against each other. This is not a
-test of love. And so, I say, this quest is mad. It is leading me surely
-away from you. I am beginning to care for it for its own sake. I want
-you to release me from it.”
-
-“It is leading you from me?” she repeated wonderingly. “But you are
-doing this for me. Does not that keep me in your thoughts? You say this
-is not a test of love. Why should it not be? And if the lover is weary
-already of his task–if–” Her lip trembled.
-
-“Dear Jacqueline, how can I make you understand? I ask you to release me
-from this search, not because I am tired, not merely because I think the
-casket can not be found. It is the principle of the thing. Supposing
-that the duke should bring you this casket, could that possibly alter
-your feeling toward him? Could that make you love him more than you do
-at present?”
-
-“Why should it not?” she answered, a little defiantly. “In a sense he
-has shown himself a truer lover than you. He is keeping up the search,
-cheerfully and patiently. And yet every day he finds time to write me of
-his failures and his successes. Apparently, I asked him to remove
-mountains. He attempts the impossible gladly, and sometimes I think he
-will accomplish it.”
-
-“The duke has been searching for the casket? Here, in Venice?”
-
-“Yes, and without a moment’s rest, so he assures me. More than that, he
-declares he is on its track–that he will bring it to me soon.”
-
-I was stupefied. Neither St. Hilary nor I had once seen the duke since
-he left my rooms. It seemed incredible that he should have been in
-Venice these past three weeks and that we should not know it.
-
-“He will bring you the casket soon?” I repeated blankly. “And if he
-brings it to you, you are going to listen to him? Because I have said
-nothing, Jacqueline, have you thought me idle and indifferent? Do you
-trust him more than you trust me? If he has the luck to stumble on this
-casket, will that prove that he is more worthy of your regard than I?
-Will you marry him for that?”
-
-Jacqueline looked at me a moment in silence. She laid her hand gently on
-my arm.
-
-“Has this quest troubled you so much? I begin to think it a very
-childish one. I begin to realize my folly, and yet––”
-
-She rose from the bench, and shaking out her skirts daintily, opened her
-parasol.
-
-“You are going, Jacqueline? There is no more to be said?”
-
-“I told my aunt that I was going to church. I think I had better go. But
-afterward, if you will walk to the hotel with me, you may stay to
-luncheon, and in the afternoon you may take me out on the lagoon again.
-Then you shall tell me everything–just what you have done, and just what
-you have failed to do. And perhaps–perhaps, I may recall you from the
-task that you have undertaken for me.”
-
-“Jacqueline,” I stammered with joy, “you mean–you mean that you may
-marry me without regard to this foolish promise of yours to the duke?”
-
-“I mean,” she answered slowly, “that I must know everything–everything.
-Then I may be better able to judge just what I ought to do, what I wish
-to do.”
-
-“I shall wait for you at the church door. I must first go to my rooms to
-make myself presentable. Heavens, Jacqueline, if you could know the
-relief I feel at abandoning this mad search. It has been a nightmare;
-but now we shall go out into the blessed sunshine again.”
-
-“But, Dick,” she said wistfully, “you will need to plead very eloquently
-this afternoon to convince me that I may withdraw my word to Duke da
-Sestos. If only it had been possible to find that wretched casket! I
-shall look for you after church.”
-
-I watched her disappear within the doorway. In half an hour I had been
-to my rooms and returned. I slipped into a pew at the rear of the
-church. I wished to think–to dream. It seemed incredible that the search
-was ended. What would St. Hilary say when he knew that I had abandoned
-it? And, strange as it may seem, already I was vaguely sorry. Could I
-watch St. Hilary steadily going on with the search and be quite
-indifferent as to his success or failure? Should I never have regrets
-that I had not kept at it a little longer? Then I looked at Jacqueline,
-kneeling devoutly a few pews in front of me, and I smiled joyfully. No,
-with Jacqueline as my wife, I had no need of the excitement of a fool’s
-errand.
-
-Out of the stillness of my thoughts, as if from afar off, the text of
-the preacher fell on my ears, unheeding and yet strangely receptive. The
-text was twice repeated. It was sufficiently fantastic in itself, but to
-me it was the finger of fate.
-
-_It was pointing to the hiding-place of the da Sestos casket._
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XIX
-
-
-This was the text:
-
-_Moreover, the king made a great throne of ivory, and overlaid the arms
-of it with fine gold._
-
-_The throne had six steps, and the top of the throne was round behind,
-and there were stays on either side of the place of the seat, and two
-lions stood beside the stays._
-
-At first, as I have said, the words fell quite idly on my ears. Then,
-without any effort on my part, a throne made of ivory, its arms overlaid
-with fine gold, seemed to flash before my eyes. I tried to resume the
-thread of my thought again, but the vision of the throne of ivory with
-the two lions at the side haunted my excited brain. All at once, with a
-shock of surprise, I knew why it stood before me with such startling
-distinctness. The throne of the automaton of the eighth hour was of
-ivory, its arms were of gold, it had six steps, and two lions crouched
-on either side.
-
-At first I was merely astonished at the similarity of the throne of the
-Bible and the throne of the da Sestos clock. But other scenes of the
-hours sprang before my mind in review. I remembered the hour of St. Mark
-and the lion; the Council of Ten before the Gate; the Sultan and the
-kneeling slave. The scenes stopped abruptly there. In a flash, almost
-without thought, certainly without deliberate reasoning, I had fathomed
-the secret of the clock:
-
-_The scenes of the twelve hours were not Venetian scenes. They were
-Bible scenes disguised in an environment that was Venetian._
-
-I could parallel each of the three hours that had occurred to me with
-familiar stories of the Bible. The scene of the first hour, the figure
-of St. Mark and the lion, as we had thought, was really Samson and the
-lion; the Sultan and the kneeling slave were David and the prostrate
-giant, Goliath. The Doge receiving the news of victory from the dove in
-the Campanile became Noah and the dove. But the other scenes–would they
-be equally clear?
-
-I took the first scene that occurred to me, that in which the ten disks
-appear in succession, with the gate in the background. I took a Bible
-from the rack of the pew and opened it eagerly at the Book of Genesis.
-My knowledge of the Old Testament was not profound. I turned the leaves
-over quickly, scanning each page. I had to look simply for a passage in
-which a gate and ten men figured. I became unconscious of the reverent
-worshipers about me. I was heedless even of good form. For half an hour
-I patiently turned page after page. I had reached the Book of Judges,
-and began to despair. Was this theory that promised so well to be
-discarded in its turn like a dozen others? No; I found the passage. It
-proved my theory to be a fact beyond peradventure. The passage was in
-the Book of Ruth:
-
-_Then went Boaz to the gate and sat him there, and behold, the kinsman
-of whom Boaz spoke, came by, unto whom he said, Ho, such a one, turn
-aside, sit down here. And he turned aside and sat down._
-
-_And he took ten men of the elders of the city, and said, Sit down here.
-And they sat down._
-
-Nothing could be more clear. The Doge became Boaz; the ten disks,
-representing, as we had thought, the Council of Ten, were the elders of
-the city.
-
-I read the story of Samson and the lion. It was indisputably the scene
-of the first hour. The very words were a challenge–a clear statement in
-black and white–that he who should solve the riddle of the clock would
-have his reward. And he who failed should have his penalty to pay–the
-forfeiture of peace of mind and content–a bitter enough wage for
-failure:
-
-_And Samson said unto them, I will now put forth a riddle unto you: If
-ye shall certainly solve it within seven days of the feast, and find it
-out, then will I give you thirty sheets and thirty changes of raiment._
-
-_But if ye solve it not within seven days, then shall ye give to me
-thirty sheets and thirty changes of raiment._
-
-“I will put forth a riddle unto you!” And a brave riddle it had been.
-The mad goldsmith had taken these old Bible stories for his key–a key
-that he knew was as imperishable as time itself, and yet a key that
-would guard his secret well. To the Catholic of that day the Bible was a
-sealed book.
-
-But if this were true–if these stories were indeed the key–was the
-riddle easier of solution? Would the Bible stories be more readily
-understood than the Venetian stories?
-
-The theory of St. Hilary flashed across my mind. The cipher–that was the
-clue. In each of the scenes of the background a certain number had been
-mentioned. Thirty changes of raiment. Seven days. Six steps to the
-throne. Two lions. Thus was my second great discovery made.
-
-_Each scene from the Bible involved certain numbers._
-
-I read the story of David and Goliath:
-
-_And there went a champion out of the camp of the Philistines named
-Goliath, whose height was six cubits and a span._
-
-There were the numbers again; six cubits and a span.
-
-I could no longer doubt. And now, having wrested so much of the madman’s
-secret, having surprised from him the key, I should, I felt confident,
-solve the rest. I was to cut the last thread that bound this secret to
-the grave.
-
-Suddenly I became conscious of faces turned frowningly in my direction.
-In my excitement I had, I suppose, rustled the leaves. It was an unusual
-sight to see a man of discretion frantically turning over the leaves of
-his Bible during a sermon.
-
-To sit through the sermon was impossible. I must get a breath of fresh
-air. I would wait for Jacqueline outside.
-
-I walked to the quay of the Grand Canal. I scanned the sweep of the
-palaces, from the Salute to the Rialto Bridge. To which of them would
-these new clues lead?
-
-I walked back to the church. The sermon was droning slumberously on. I
-wandered restlessly down the Calle San Rio. I found myself at the
-steamboat landing. The little steamer was discharging its quota of
-passengers. I leaped aboard. My desire to look on the photographs was
-intense. I wished to verify the other scenes. I wished to confound St.
-Hilary with my discovery.
-
-Not until the steamer was half-way across the Giudecca did I remember,
-with a shock of dismay, my appointment with Jacqueline.
-
-I persuaded myself that I had time to look at the photographs just once;
-I could hurriedly recount my wonderful discovery to St. Hilary; I could
-be rowed across to the Molo in three minutes, and be at the church in
-another ten. If I failed Jacqueline, she would forgive me when she knew
-the extraordinary circumstances under which I had deserted her. Had she
-not regretted, with a hint of reproach in her words that still rankled,
-that my search for the casket had been so fruitless of results? And had
-she not said that the duke was hunting for it without a moment’s rest?
-Then there was no time to be lost.
-
-I did fail Jacqueline. St. Hilary was not in my rooms, and I waited for
-him. The temptation to triumph over him proved too sweet. I was not the
-first man to risk his precious birthright of love for a mess of pottage.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XX
-
-
-Two hours had passed since I left the church. St. Hilary and I had spent
-the time in a diligent study of the Bible. The result confirmed my
-theory beyond a doubt. With the exception of the scenes of the fifth and
-tenth hours, we had identified them all as Bible scenes. We had also
-found that in each story certain numbers were mentioned.
-
-“To tell which are the significant numbers, that is the question,” said
-St. Hilary. “In two or three of the stories, at least, more than one set
-are mentioned. How can we be sure which numbers count, and which do
-not?”
-
-“We can not be sure, I suppose,” I replied thoughtfully. “We can only
-guess. But at least we may make a reasonable guess. The goldsmith had
-some method in choosing them. What would be the most obvious?”
-
-“That he should select the numbers that really counted in the various
-stories,” replied St. Hilary.
-
-“I have observed that the important numbers are invariably mentioned in
-the first part of the story. We may go on that assumption to begin with,
-at any rate. Our search for the landmark of the second hour ought to
-begin from the Piazzetta, where the first landmark stands–that is, the
-lion of San Marco. Now our first numbers are 7, 30, 30. If we interpret
-those rightly, we shall find ourselves at the second landmark. Thence we
-may start for the third.”
-
-“But the meaning of those numbers,” grumbled St. Hilary, “is extremely
-doubtful. They may be added to, or subtracted from, or divided or
-multiplied by others, and the landmark of the second hour is veiled in
-complete obscurity. If it were the landmark of the fourth hour, the
-House of the Camel, we should know what to look for.”
-
-“But it is not,” I said impatiently. “Your precious landmark is quite
-useless by itself, because we have not been able to identify the Bible
-story of the fifth hour, and so we are ignorant of the numbers that will
-lead us to the landmark of the sixth. We are compelled to start at the
-first hour. From that point we go on to the second, and from the second
-to the third. As to the gap in the fifth hour, we won’t attempt to jump
-that until we come to it.”
-
-The little man yawned. His dogged skepticism was maddening. The fact is,
-he resented my having been so fortunate as to make the great discovery.
-Because he had not made it himself, or helped to make it, he sulked and
-made endless objections.
-
-“How do you propose to interpret the first numbers, 7, 30, 30?” he
-asked.
-
-“Well,” I answered patiently, “say that they represent blocks of
-buildings. We go down the Grand Canal until seven blocks are passed. If
-we took the seventh canal to our left, and continued up that canal until
-thirty blocks had been passed––”
-
-“We should find ourselves somewhere out in the lagoon,” sneered St.
-Hilary.
-
-“If we passed seven blocks on our right, then, proceeding up the seventh
-canal until thirty blocks were passed, took the junction of the two
-canals at this point for a new start until thirty more blocks were
-passed, where should we find ourselves?”
-
-St. Hilary consulted the map of Venice that lay before him.
-
-“You are a little obscure, my dear Hume. But, so far as I can make it
-out, after you had passed your sixty little canals, if you turned to the
-left you would find yourself in the Jewish quarter. If you turned to the
-right, in the fishermen’s quarter. You may be sure that da Sestos was
-not quite so mad as to hide his casket in a part of the city that would
-be subject to demolition. You will have to try again.”
-
-“Thirty changes of raiment and thirty sheets,” I mused. “Thirty plus
-thirty; why not the sixtieth palace down the Grand Canal, either left or
-right?”
-
-“Within seven days,” quoted St. Hilary, closing his eyes.
-
-“I had forgotten the seven days,” I admitted. “Well, then, why not the
-fifty-third palace?”
-
-“Why the fifty-third?” demanded St. Hilary in a bored tone.
-
-“Within seven of sixty ought to mean fifty-three,” I said quickly.
-
-St. Hilary opened his eyes. A look of interest dawned in them. He drew
-toward him an old map of Venice, La Nuova Pianta di Venezia, it was
-called, and was published in 1689. It contained an interesting chart on
-which were marked all the palaces of Venice existing at that time. He
-began to count these palaces carefully, going down the Grand Canal
-toward the Rialto Bridge.
-
-“The fifty-third palace is the Palazzo Chettechi. Look in that French
-monograph, Les Palais de Venise Moderne. See if it is mentioned there.”
-
-I turned hurriedly to the index.
-
-“Yes, it is mentioned. But, confound it, the palace was torn down and
-rebuilt in 1805.”
-
-“And down with it tumbles your cunning little house of cards,” commented
-the dealer cynically.
-
-“After all, that solution was too obvious to be reasonable,” I retorted
-cheerfully, though I felt the disappointment keenly. “But look here, St.
-Hilary”–I was consulting the Bible again–“there are four thirties
-mentioned. Perhaps the second couple of thirties has some significance.
-Does the fifty-third palace bring us to a corner of the Grand Canal, or
-should we find ourselves in the middle of the block?”
-
-“We should find ourselves at the junction of the Grand Canal and the Rio
-di Lucca.”
-
-“Good! And if you counted sixty palaces up the Rio di Lucca, will that
-old chart tell the palace you would arrive at?”
-
-“The Palazzo Giuliano.”
-
-“The Palazzo Giuliano might contain our landmark on its wall just as
-well as any other.”
-
-“It might,” he cried, consulting the monograph on the palaces of modern
-Venice again, “only it happens that the façade of that palace was
-rebuilt in the eighteenth century. Again your little house of cards
-crumbles about your ears, my dear Hume.”
-
-I stared down at the table. In what other way might I read a meaning
-into the numbers? I picked up an envelope and began to toy with it
-unconsciously. It was addressed to St. Hilary. It was literally covered
-with erasures and directions, and had followed him half around the
-world. But it had found him at last, though some of the directions were
-of the vaguest. We ought to be as clever as a postmaster. Aside from the
-extraneous aids of the directory, what methods would a postmaster use?
-
-Mechanically I began to trace the ordinary and palpable clues to the
-destination of any letter. First of all, there is the state or country.
-That is as vague as the earth itself. But the state is narrowed down to
-the city in the state, and the city to the street––
-
-“I believe I have found a solution that will hold water at last, St.
-Hilary!” I cried.
-
-He blinked at me skeptically.
-
-“Let us hear it by all means.”
-
-“Take the address on the envelope. It has suggested a possible solution
-to the numbers. First of all, there is the country. The country is
-narrowed down to the city of the country. Next comes the number of the
-street in the city. After that the house in the street. In other words,
-the direction of an envelope is narrowed to more and more defined
-limits.”
-
-“An extremely accurate but not a startlingly original presentation of
-facts, dear boy. The connection between this envelope, for instance, and
-the da Sestos casket?”
-
-“Call Venice the state; the city, the Grand Canal. Your street will then
-be the seventh canal; the number of the street will be the house of the
-landmark.”
-
-St. Hilary’s dark eyes snapped. He was thoroughly interested at last. He
-drew toward him the map of Venice again. He pushed it away with an
-exclamation of disgust.
-
-“Ingenious again, but not conclusive. The seventh canal flowing into the
-Grand Canal is a _cul-de-sac_. Its length is not a hundred yards, and it
-leads merely to the Campo San Stefano.”
-
-“You are mistaken,” I said calmly. “You are counting the ditch that
-surrounds the Giardino Reale. The seventh canaletto is the Rio di Bocca.
-And the sixtieth palace from the junction of the Rio di Bocca and the
-Grand Canal will be the house of the landmark. What palace is that?
-Don’t tell me that that is torn down.”
-
-“No, this one exists. It is called the Palazzo Fortunato. Come, it is
-time for us to do something more strenuous than talking. We will test
-your theory, and I think it a fairly reasonable one at last. But first
-of all, a bite at Florian’s. It is three o’clock. We may get no dinner.”
-
-I had unconsciously taken the lead since my great discovery. Now I
-hesitated. Though I had broken my tryst with Jacqueline, I had intended
-seeing her this afternoon before we actually began our search. But I
-could not let St. Hilary begin his explorations without me. A few hours
-sooner or later, I persuaded myself, would not make much difference.
-
-I know now how specious were my arguments. A woman’s love is not to be
-treated lightly. It is the most sacred and precious thing in the world,
-and she knows that it is. It does not come and go at one’s beck and
-call. It burns brightly so long as the flame is fed; to quench that
-flame is dangerous, and it is not always easy to revive it.
-
-“I am quite ready to go with you,” I said soberly. “My gondolier is
-waiting below. We will let him take us to the Molo and then dismiss him.
-We want no witnesses or possible spies.”
-
-“Excellent,” he murmured. “And bring along your Bible; that must be our
-chart and compass in our voyage of discovery.”
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXI
-
-
-Venetian Marco Polo himself, wide-eyed and eager, toiling across burning
-wastes to the Great Khan of far-off Cathay, was not more imbued with the
-very spirit of adventure than were St. Hilary and I that April
-afternoon, as we set forth on our little voyage of discovery in a
-prosaic gondola.
-
-We had lunched at the Grundewald. We rose with a certain deliberation,
-and walked toward the Molo. The band was thundering out a Strauss waltz.
-The Piazza was filled with its usual laughing, chattering crowd, eating
-and drinking at the hundreds of round little tables that overflowed a
-quarter of the square.
-
-I could not help thinking what a sensation I should cause if the great
-throng was suddenly to be stilled, while from the balcony up there by
-the four bronze horses I cried aloud for all the square to hear that we
-two adventurers of the twentieth century were about to lay bare one of
-the mysteries of Venice–that we were to bring forth to the light of day
-a marvelous treasure that had been hid for nearly half a thousand years.
-How they would howl me into a shamed silence with their jeers and
-laughter! And supposing that I could tell them the very hiding-place,
-would one of all those hundreds, even the poorest, take the trouble to
-go and see? Would the hunchbacked bootblack in the Arcade there, gnarled
-and twisted with the cold of winter and the heat of summer? Would the
-Jewish shopkeepers, the antiquarian in the library, the tourists, who
-had come three thousand miles to feast their eyes on wonders? Not the
-most visionary would stir in his seat. Only St. Hilary and I, it
-appeared, in the whole world were absolute fools this afternoon.
-
-“_E dove?_” demanded the gondolier, after we had taken our seats.
-
-“_Canalazzo_,” I cried, “_e presto, molto, molto presto._”
-
-“_Si, si, signore_,” he cried with enthusiasm, scenting a generous tip.
-
-The sun, just dipping behind the dome of the Salute, blazed fiercely,
-but the awning of our gondola was thrown back. Swiftly we swept down the
-sun-kissed stream, cleaving the lake of gold. The great palaces on
-either side, ablaze with riotous color, seemed as unreal as a painted
-picture. What had we to do with this mysterious Venice, this enchantress
-of the seas, holding herself aloof in melancholy disdain? Like curious
-savages, we were to prowl in her very holy of holies. We were to despoil
-her of her last glorious treasure, that she had guarded so jealously
-these hundreds of years.
-
-The fantasy burst as a bubble in thin air. Behind us raced a boatful of
-trippers, the two oarsmen exerting every effort to urge on their craft
-to the railway station. There were the English _père de famille_; the
-comfortable mamma with a chick on either side. And about them were piled
-high bandboxes and shawls, portmanteaus and carryalls. It was the
-twentieth century after all. It was quite fitting that we should be
-seeking to reap where we had not sown.
-
-We passed the Grand Hotel. Mrs. Gordon, Jacqueline, and the duke were
-seated on the balcony. I raised my hat mechanically. The duke returned
-the greeting with a flourish. Mrs. Gordon was suddenly interested in the
-customs-house opposite. Jacqueline smiled, but her greeting would have
-been as cordial to the concierge of her hotel. My face burned. I wished
-to tell St. Hilary to continue the search without me, and yet I
-hesitated. Even now, one nod to the gondolier and I could be landed at
-the steps; but I hesitated, and in five seconds we had passed. Before I
-had wholly recovered my presence of mind we were at the Rio di Bocca.
-
-Our gondolier uttered his weird cry of warning. The gondola turned the
-corner sharply. We were in cool depths. The smell of damp mortar, that
-indefinable moist smell of the _canaletti_ of Venice smote our nostrils.
-We skirted an old wall, bulging outward with decrepitude; a narrow quay,
-bathed in sunlight; the barred windows of a palace, blackness and gloom
-within. A barge of bricks was poled slowly past us, then a funeral
-catafalque. A hotel omnibus just escaped collision. I saw it all, but I
-saw it all unheeding. Three years of selfish ease and irresponsibility
-had left me incapable of quick decision at this critical moment. And now
-another opportunity to become reconciled to Jacqueline had passed. I had
-raised one more barrier between us.
-
-St. Hilary shouted sharply to the gondolier. We came to a sudden stop.
-
-We were at the sixtieth palace, and its façade was as bare as the sheet
-of an unsigned hotel register.
-
-“So again we have come on a fool’s errand,” he groaned.
-
-The gondolier leaned forward and touched my sleeve. He had observed our
-perplexity. He pointed to a palace we had just passed.
-
-“Ecco, Signori, the House of the Angel! It is not this one. It is the
-third back.”
-
-“The third back?” I repeated mechanically. I let my glance follow his
-outstretched finger. With a twist of the oar he had turned the gondola
-again toward the Grand Canal.
-
-“Behold, Signore, the House of the Angel. Up there, in the niche over
-the door.”
-
-I raised my eyes dully. I had no idea what the man was talking about.
-The palace at whose steps we had halted was a magnificent structure of
-the fourteenth century, so beautiful that in any other city than Venice
-it would have been worth a pilgrimage to see. Over the doorway was a
-triangular niche, a kind of shrine. A half figure of an angel was carved
-in the niche, and a kneeling child looked quaintly up into the angel’s
-face. The gondolier pointed to the shrine reverently.
-
-“The angel is to drive away the evil spirits, Signore. The evil spirit
-of a pig once dwelt in this beautiful palace. I assure the Signore that
-I am telling him the truth, though there are many hundreds of years
-since the evil soul of the pig was conjured away by the angel and the
-little child. The house is now sweet and clean of all evil, and is
-called the House of the Angel. But look, Signore, you can see the
-unclean pigs that were carved in the wall by the wicked builder. Before
-they were broken, the house was called the House of the Pigs.”
-
-We looked upward.
-
-The house had a frieze made of a capriciously carved array of pigs. The
-posture of each two of the creatures was the same: the one recumbent,
-the other erect. The heads and the feet and most of the bodies had been
-stricken off.
-
-“It is very simple,” cried St. Hilary exultingly. “Our husks of corn
-have simply become the bodies of pigs. We have found the second
-landmark.”
-
-He held the photograph of the background of the second hour before me.
-That background, it will be remembered, was a hanging, and on this
-hanging a decorative scheme that we had supposed to be husks of corn.
-
-I forgot my folly in passing Jacqueline, and her cold greeting. Here was
-proof indisputable that we were really on the track of the casket at
-last.
-
-“But why,” queried St. Hilary, knitting his forehead in perplexity,
-“should it be the fifty-seventh palace, and not the sixtieth?”
-
-I opened the Bible, and again read the story. I saw our mistake
-immediately. In our haste to test this new theory of mine we had not
-read the narrative with sufficient care.
-
-“There is another verse that we have omitted to read. It follows
-immediately after.” I read it aloud:
-
-_And within three days they could not declare the riddle._
-
-“You observe the expression ‘within.’ That is to say, we were not to
-look for the sixtieth palace, but for the fifty-seventh, or the third
-within sixty.”
-
-“Ah, that is quite clear,” cried St. Hilary with a sigh of relief. “And
-now for the next landmark. Read your passage of the second hour again.”
-
-_And there went forth a champion out of the camp of the Philistines,
-named Goliath, whose height was six cubits and a span._
-
-“Six cubits and a span,” he mused. “What the deuce are the six cubits
-and a span?”
-
-“Let us look around.” I motioned to the gondolier to rest on his oars.
-
-We drifted slowly past the House of the Angel. The next house was a
-warehouse–an ugly four-story building, set some five paces back. The
-upper stories projected over the lowest story, and were supported by
-pillars.
-
-“There are six of those pillars, and there is a door. Can that be your
-cubits and a span?”
-
-I shook my head. “Those pillars are of wood. This warehouse could not
-have been built when the goldsmith made his casket.”
-
-“True; and it would be a senseless proceeding to lead us past the
-fifty-seventh palace, only to land us at the fifty-eighth.”
-
-“But look, St. Hilary, we have been so close to the forest that we have
-failed to see the trees. Do you observe those circular windows just over
-our heads? There are just six of them. As for the span, isn’t a span
-half a cubit? The top of that squat door let into the wall there is
-semi-circular in shape; the semi-circle, the exact counterpart of the
-upper part of the windows. Nothing could be more clear.”
-
-“My only fear is that it is too clear to be true,” he said anxiously.
-
-“We shall soon determine that.”
-
-I stood upright on the seat of the gondola, and, reaching forward,
-pulled a rusty bell that hung beside the low door. Our gondola, at a
-sign from me, had been rowed up stream once more.
-
-In response to my vigorous summons a servant appeared at the main door
-of the House of the Angel.
-
-“What may the Signori desire?” he inquired.
-
-“We are architects,” lied St. Hilary glibly. “We are very desirous to
-see your garden. We understand that it is a very curious old garden.”
-
-The servant in the shabby livery shook his head.
-
-“The Signori Inglesi are mistaken,” he answered politely. “The
-interesting garden belongs to the House of the Camel just behind this
-palazzina. Our garden has only artichokes and asparagus and beans and
-things.”
-
-“The House of the Camel!” I exclaimed involuntarily.
-
-St. Hilary pinched my arm for silence. “But there is a passage through
-your garden that leads to the garden of the other house, is there not?”
-
-He jingled insinuatingly some loose coins in his pocket.
-
-“Ah, yes, Signore, that is true. A long, long time ago, a great
-nobleman, dwelt in this house, and his daughter lived in the house
-behind. He had a gate made in the wall that divides the two gardens. The
-gate is still there.”
-
-“Excellent! And you will lead us into the garden of the House of the
-Camel by that gate?”
-
-Without further parley, St. Hilary leaped lightly ashore. I followed his
-example, and tossed our fare to the gondolier.
-
-“Thoughtful of you to send off that chap. We can’t be too careful,”
-remarked St. Hilary as we followed the servant in the shabby livery into
-the hall.
-
-This hall, as in all Venetian palaces, ran through the house from front
-to rear. At its end was a glass door. The door unlocked, we were in the
-garden. A path turned to the right, joining a broad walk fringed with a
-well-trimmed hedge of box. This walk led straight to the gate–our gate
-of the third hour. There was no need to refer to the photograph. It was
-unmistakable.
-
-“The Signori are of course expected?” asked the servant hesitatingly, as
-he unlocked this gate.
-
-“Naturally,” replied St. Hilary, dropping a piece of silver in his palm.
-
-The gate was locked behind us.
-
-“How are we to find our way out?” I demanded.
-
-St. Hilary was staring about him as one who knows his ground.
-
-“My dear Hume,” he grinned, “I know my way out perfectly. Allow me to
-point out to you the Well of the Pomegranates and the Loops, and
-immediately over the doorway there the Sign of the Blind Camel. We are
-at the landmark of the fourth hour.”
-
-“And the ten figures on the disks of the third hour are represented by
-these busts built in the wall–five in either wall. We are getting on.
-But why, I wonder, did da Sestos lead us to this landmark by the way of
-the House of the Angel? He might have brought us here directly by the
-Campo San Salvatore.”
-
-“Because,” commented St. Hilary, “the way by land would have
-necessitated a dozen directions. By water we have come without undue
-perplexity in three. But here, I am afraid, our voyage of discovery must
-end for to-night. We shall have to puzzle out the fifth hour before we
-can go farther.”
-
-I had opened the Bible that I had brought with me from the gondola, and,
-supported by the curb of the well, I rested it on my knee, turning to
-the Book of Genesis. I read the verse of the fourth hour:
-
-_And it came to pass, as the camels had done drinking at the well, that
-the man took a golden earring of half a shekel weight, and two bracelets
-for her hands of ten shekels’ weight of gold._
-
-“This is obscure enough,” I said ruefully. “This jargon of a golden
-earring and of half a shekel weight and two bracelets of ten shekels’
-weight will take some time to reason out, especially as we have no idea
-what to look for.”
-
-“And I think.” St. Hilary remarked, “we are to be interrupted. Here
-comes one of the priests of the seminary to see what business we have in
-his garden.”
-
-“Gentlemen,” asked the padre politely, as we bowed with an assurance
-that belied my feelings at least, “you are looking for some one? I saw
-you admitted a moment ago by the gate yonder.”
-
-“Yes,” boldly lied St. Hilary once more. “We were about to ring your
-bell. We went to the House of the Angel by mistake. We are architects,
-and we have heard that you have a wonderful old dial. We are making a
-study of the curious dials of Venice. Would you show us yours?”
-
-St. Hilary’s question was not so idle as might appear. He was ignoring
-the existence of the fifth landmark, and was asking for the sixth
-landmark, which we had identified in this way. The Venetian scene of the
-sixth hour, it will be remembered, was that of the Doge and the poet
-Petrarch seated in the balcony of San Marco, overlooking the Piazza, and
-watching the festivities below, symbolized by the dancing automaton
-figure, that advanced ten steps to the front and ten to the rear. The
-parallel story in the Bible we had found by a rather roundabout process.
-Some days before I had accidentally made the discovery that the face of
-the Doge bore a remarkable resemblance to the prophet Isaiah as depicted
-in one of the mosaics of San Marco. Naturally, then, when we hunted up
-the Biblical stories of the hour, after my return from church, we looked
-for a story in which the prophet Isaiah figured as one of the
-characters. The concordance at the back of my Oxford Bible referred us
-to the story of the Jewish King Hezekiah, who, sick unto death, went to
-the prophet Isaiah for a sign that he should recover his strength. And
-this was the verse:
-
-_And Hezekiah said to Isaiah, What shall be the sign? And Isaiah said,
-Shall the shadow of the dial go back ten degrees or shall the shadow go
-forward?_
-
-The little automaton figure advancing and retreating ten steps
-symbolized plainly the going forward and backward of the shadow. This
-was significant in itself, and might have made us tolerably sure that a
-dial was to be the landmark. But when, in the light of this story, we
-looked carefully at the railing of the balcony as photographed in our
-snap-shot, we noticed at once that the ironwork of the railing was of
-intertwined circles, intersected by diameters drawn through each of
-their centers. The circles, then, stood for the dial; the diameter, for
-the needle of the dial. We might be reasonably certain that our search
-would be narrowed to more and more defined limits. Even without the
-landmark of the fifth hour, by which we should be able to discover the
-locality of the dial for ourselves (provided always that we could
-interpret the numbers aright), it was not an extravagant hope of St.
-Hilary’s that the padre might direct us to the landmark of the sixth
-hour. I waited breathlessly for his answer. Let the gods be propitious;
-let fortune smile!
-
-The gaunt but handsome face of the young priest was lighted up with a
-charming smile.
-
-“But it will be an honor,” he said, “to show our curious dial to the
-American gentlemen.”
-
-“English, pardon me,” corrected St. Hilary readily, and he pinched my
-arm. “We leave Venice for London in an hour or so. This is the last and
-most curious dial we expect to see.”
-
-What a polished and delightful liar the dealer in antiquities was! But a
-cautious one withal. For aught we knew, we might be prowling about these
-premises with a jimmy and dark lantern before many more moons, and it
-might be convenient to prove an alibi.
-
-I had expected the priest to lead us to an obscure corner of the garden.
-To my surprise and disappointment he took us directly to the house. Of
-what use could a dial be under a roof? The good fathers of the seminary
-had taken it from the garden, in all likelihood, and placed it within
-doors as an interesting curiosity for their pupils to gape at.
-
-“Perhaps you know, gentlemen,” said the priest, as he led the way up a
-broad and dreary stairway, devoid of ornament, but scrupulously clean,
-“that this was once the house of the Venetian astrologer, Jacopo Bembo.
-Here, some two hundred years ago, came the flower of the Venetian
-aristocracy. They came to consult him–one for a love philter; another
-for a talisman against the plague; another, perhaps, for a deadly potion
-to still the beating of a rival’s heart. Some strange and dark scenes, I
-suspect, have taken place in the laboratory of Messer Bembo. And this is
-it.”
-
-We had ascended to the third story. He threw open the door of a large
-room. There were some maps on the wall, desks, and chairs. It was
-evidently used now as a school-room.
-
-“But the dial?” I cried impatiently.
-
-“Oh, the dial is on the roof. Have you ever heard of a dial being in so
-strange a place before?”
-
-“It is precisely that,” I cried joyously, “that makes it so unique in
-interest for us.”
-
-“And this dial on the roof will make our collection of curious dials
-quite complete,” added St. Hilary gravely.
-
-We walked a few steps down the echoing landing. The worthy padre opened
-a door. A narrow wooden stairway led to the roof.
-
-“If you will pardon me, I will precede you, gentlemen. There is a
-trapdoor at the top.”
-
-“And did the great astrologer Bembo have to climb out of that hole
-whenever he wished to consult the hour of day?” I asked jocosely.
-
-“You will see,” answered the priest smiling.
-
-When first we stepped out on the roof, the glitter of the fierce sun on
-the leads blinded us. We looked in vain for the dial. The priest walked
-to the parapet where a stone bench stood and pointed to a large circle
-cut deep in the leads at the foot of the bench.
-
-“Ecco, Signori, your curious dial, and the Signs of the Zodiac also. The
-needle of the dial is not the truly original one. That was broken long
-ago. But the one we have replaced it with is precisely similar to the
-antique.”
-
-St. Hilary and I sank on our knees to observe it the more closely and to
-whisper to each other without the good father overhearing us. The dealer
-traced a line tremblingly with his forefinger.
-
-“Here,” he whispered, “is where the shadow falls at twelve o’clock. Ten
-degrees before that, it must point in this direction.”
-
-He squinted along the imaginary line. It led him over the parapet, and
-in either direction it directed us to nothing more definite than the
-blue sky.
-
-“But at ten degrees after twelve,” I whispered hoarsely, “it points with
-absolute directness to that square tower, the tower of Noah and his
-dove, depend upon it. We have found the seventh landmark.”
-
-We stood upright and brushed the dust from our knees. St. Hilary
-produced a note-book, and began to scribble notes and to sketch the dial
-with every show of professional interest.
-
-“Yes, it is a great curiosity, this dial,” purred the priest with
-satisfaction. “Here, in the cool of summer nights, when the sirocco has
-been blowing all day, I often come to sit and ponder the issues of life
-and death, as, no doubt, the old astrologer did before me.”
-
-“You have a splendid view,” I remarked carelessly. “What is that square
-tower over there? It appears to be the tower of a palace.”
-
-“Yes, signore, it is the tower of the Palazzo Cæsarini. If you are
-architects, you ought to see that palace. It is full of interest.”
-
-“The Cæsarini Palace, you said, I think?” inquired St. Hilary, still
-scribbling.
-
-“Exactly, and it is known popularly as the Palazzo degli Scrigni.”
-
-“The Palace of the Iron Safes!” I cried, startled.
-
-“The signori Inglesi must understand that, very long ago, when the house
-of the Cæsarini was the most powerful in Venice, as it still is one of
-the richest, the Prince Cæsarini had two great iron safes built in the
-walls of his cellars to keep his treasure in. These safes were contrived
-by a certain goldsmith called da Sestos. Yes, the palace is worth
-seeing. But do not attempt to see it until after Wednesday, because a
-grand _bal masqué_ is to be given on that evening, and they are busy
-making great preparations.”
-
-“Ah, yes, we must have a look at it some time,” said St. Hilary
-carelessly. “A thousand thanks for your courtesy, father. _Buona sera._”
-
-“_Buona sera, signori._”
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXII
-
-
-A clock in the church of San Salvatore was striking the hour of seven as
-St. Hilary and I, after bidding good night to our friendly priest,
-crossed the Campo. Our search for that night was ended. I was free to
-see Jacqueline at last. Promising to call for my friend early the next
-morning, I hastened to the Grand Hotel.
-
-It had been a wonderful day. After weeks of futile wandering, we were
-going straight to the goal. But Jacqueline? Would she forgive me for
-breaking my appointment, even though I was at last to bring her the
-casket? I had well-nigh drawn from her the gentle confession of her
-love. She had left the gate of Paradise ajar. She had looked at me in
-such a way that the very look was an invitation to enter when I should
-reappear. And I had failed her.
-
-It was in vain that I tried to reassure myself. If I had not kept that
-sacred tryst, was it not because in failing to do so I was really
-serving her? When once she knew the circumstances she must forgive me.
-She had asked me to find the casket for her. She had dreaded the
-possibility of the duke’s finding it. Could she find fault, then,
-because I had taken her at her word?
-
-But because she had asked me to find it, I should have gone to her at
-once to tell her that the forlorn hope had become an actual possibility.
-Instead of doing that, I had thought of myself first–of my own petty
-triumph. I had yielded to the cheap excitement of putting my theory to
-actual test. I had seen her in the duke’s company on the balcony of the
-hotel only a few hours ago. What if she had turned to him for the
-sympathy and confidence that I had failed to give her? Could I complain
-if she had done that? Only a few hours ago I had insisted upon the
-uselessness of the search. I had begged her to bid me relinquish it. I
-had told her that she had no right to rest her happiness on the shifting
-foundations of chance; that if she loved the duke, there was nothing
-more to be said; but that, if she loved me, she had no right to permit
-him to misconstrue her idly spoken words. Let her cut the Gordian knot
-by yielding herself to me.
-
-I had said all this to her, and my actions this afternoon had belied my
-words. Could I explain away this apparently glaring inconsistency? I
-should find it difficult to prove to her that I was the loyal lover I
-had claimed to be. I hardly dared hope that she would listen and
-forgive.
-
-I was prepared for reproaches, for tears. It was not unlikely, I
-thought, that she would even refuse to see me. But she came into the
-reception-room of the hotel almost immediately after my arrival, and she
-was smiling.
-
-“Jacqueline!” I held her hand clasped in mine. I pleaded for forgiveness
-with my eyes.
-
-She withdrew her hand gently–not with impatience, or embarrassment
-either, but quite naturally, with a frank smile that was altogether
-friendly and affectionate.
-
-“What do you think of me, Jacqueline? That I should have failed you?” I
-murmured.
-
-“I must suspend judgment until you tell me precisely why you have failed
-me,” she cried cheerfully.
-
-I took heart. I plunged into my story. I did not make light of my
-offence. I did not exaggerate it. I told her the truth, but I spared her
-details. I was too eager to hear her say that she forgave me to bother
-now with long and elaborate explanations. I told her that I had come
-across unexpected clues that had led me so far unerringly toward the
-hiding-place of the casket. The existence of these new clues had
-occurred to me, very strangely, in church while I was waiting for her.
-Just how they had dawned on me, how I had traced them out, I would tell
-her later. For the present, it was enough that I had found them. I had
-not met her after the church service because I had yielded to the
-temptation of putting them to the test. This latter task had taken me
-all the afternoon. I reminded her that she had urged the great
-importance of haste in accomplishing this task. Every moment was
-valuable, if I was to anticipate the duke. Because I had taken her
-precisely at her word, surely she would not find fault with that? Surely
-her strong common-sense must help her to understand, even though I had
-caused her some annoyance, perhaps vexation.
-
-This was my plea. But even as I made it I felt its weakness. The fact
-remained that I must have wounded her. The fact remained that love is
-not logic. It is a thing so fragile that, like a sensitive plant exposed
-to the cold blast, it withers if not guarded tenderly. It withers none
-the less surely because one’s carelessness may not be deliberate. And I
-knew that my carelessness in a way had been deliberate. My vehement
-protestations did not ring true.
-
-She heard me through without speaking. At the end of my story she
-sighed, and I fancied that for the first time her cheerfulness gave way
-to pain.
-
-“You forgive me?” I asked humbly.
-
-“Yes,” she answered slowly. “If you can say quite honestly that you feel
-that there is nothing for me to forgive, I forgive you.”
-
-I was silent.
-
-“It would be unreasonable that I should blame you for doing only too
-well what I had asked you to do,” she said gently.
-
-“Only too well, Jacqueline?” I repeated anxiously.
-
-“A year ago, Dick, I was at a luncheon given by one of my friends to
-announce her engagement. There were twelve of us present. The talk at
-the table drifted to a play that most of us had seen. It was a mediæval
-play, the hero a knight, who had had a task given him–a difficult,
-seemingly an impossible task, by the woman whom he professed to love.
-Some one asked what the man of the twentieth century would do if such a
-task were given him by the woman he loved. Would he obediently attempt
-it? Or would he ridicule it? It was a question of character, you see.”
-
-The discussion seemed to me rather silly, but I nodded gravely.
-
-“And some one suggested,” continued Jacqueline dreamily, “that it would
-be interesting for one to apply this test. It would be a test of love.
-If the man really cared, he would undertake even the impossible.”
-
-“So you applied this interesting test to me!” I exclaimed.
-
-“When, some weeks ago,” she went on, “you told me that you loved me, I
-could not help remembering that conversation at the luncheon. You did
-not put yourself in the most favorable light. You confessed that you had
-been living only to please yourself. You acknowledged that you had no
-ambition, and no energy to fulfil an ambition.”
-
-“That I _had_ no ambition before I met you, Jacqueline,” I interrupted.
-
-“To apply such a test to you would be childish, I thought then. But I
-did suggest that you should do something. In the meantime,” she added
-very slowly, her chin resting on her clasped hands, “Duke da Sestos came
-into my life. He, too, professed to love me.”
-
-“I see. You saw in him the manly traits you found lacking in me. He was
-ambitious; I was not. He was bold and confident, while I was only too
-conscious that I had made rather a muddle of my life so far. I can
-imagine that the contrast between us was not favorable to me.”
-
-She looked at me pleadingly.
-
-“Do not make it too hard for me, Dick. The duke interested me, I confess
-it. I liked him. Perhaps I even admired him. Every day I saw something
-of him. He was untiring in his devotion. I began to wonder, at last, if
-he did not really love me.”
-
-“Had you never been sure that I really loved you, Jacqueline?” I asked
-sadly.
-
-“No; not sure,” she answered steadily. “How could I be? You neglected
-me. You went to Rome without excuse. You did not even write to me. And
-then the duke asked me to be his wife, and this in spite of every
-discouragement I could throw in his path. For if I admired him, I was
-careful not to show him that.”
-
-She drew herself up proudly, and looked at me with a calm dignity.
-
-“You know how, quite involuntarily, I asked him to do what seemed an
-impossible thing. If he would bring me the casket that belonged to the
-chest he had given to me, I would listen to his declaration of love, and
-not until then. Too late I realized that he had taken my words to be a
-test of his devotion. I was terrified at the encouragement I had
-unconsciously given him. I had not dreamed that he would take the
-challenge seriously. And yet I wondered at his earnestness. Any woman
-would be touched at such faith and courage. Here actually was a man who
-dared to undertake the impossible! Then I thought of you.”
-
-“Would I do as much? Is that what you mean?”
-
-“I asked myself naturally that. And it seemed fair–I wished you to know
-what I had said to the duke. I wished you to, because––”
-
-“You wished to apply a similar test to me,” I prompted.
-
-“And so,” continued Jacqueline, very pale, “I threw the whole issue into
-the hands of fate. I sent for you. I told you that you must also try to
-find this casket for me. And how did you receive this request? So
-lightly that the last words you said were these: ‘Perhaps I shall find
-time to write the legend of the clock as well as to find the casket.’
-You failed to realize that the finding of this casket was a real crisis
-in my life and in yours. You wrote twice, and only the shortest and most
-unsatisfactory of notes. Not unsatisfactory because you were
-unsuccessful, but because you were pursuing the search in so negligent a
-manner. And when, at last, I saw you this morning, you met me with
-reproaches. You were weary of the search. It was actually degrading you.
-It was leading you from me.”
-
-She paused, and looked at me imploringly. I was silent.
-
-“You urged me to release you from it. But you wished me to understand
-that it was only reasonable to do so. I was willing to listen. I wished
-to understand that so much myself. I was ready to believe it–oh, so glad
-to believe it. I waited for you eagerly. You failed to wait for me. What
-was I to think? I do not reproach you for doing too well what I had
-asked you to do. But, Dick, if you could have done it in a different
-manner!”
-
-“In a different manner?” I repeated obstinately, though I understood
-only too well what she meant. “What does the manner signify, so long as
-the thing is being done, and being done successfully?”
-
-“It signifies to me, Dick,” she insisted gently. “Right or wrong, I have
-the right to put on the facts just the interpretation that seems to me
-fair.” She turned to me with sudden passion. “Supposing I _was_ foolish,
-even heartless, in imposing this test, reckless and foolish in putting
-my happiness in the hands of fate, yet if it ennobled the one, and
-degraded, by his own confession, the other, why should I not let the
-results plead for themselves? Why should I not abide by the decision of
-fate? You have driven me, you see, in spite of myself, to this
-question.”
-
-“Oh, if it has ennobled the duke!” I could not help saying.
-
-“Yes, ennobled,” she answered defiantly, “if constant love is ennobling.
-Don’t, please, sneer at that. I fought against him. I could not help
-feeling a prejudice against him, perhaps because he was a foreigner. If
-he interested me, it was in spite of myself. He had every barrier to
-break down. And, I repeat, we women are not indifferent to a man who
-sets to work patiently and courageously to break down these barriers–or,
-at least, to attempt to break them down. Every day, almost every hour, I
-have been reminded that he cared for me. A hundred little
-thoughtfulnesses and kindnesses that could not but appeal to a woman he
-has unceasingly shown me. While you, Dick, while you––”
-
-There were tears in her eyes. Unconsciously she stretched out her hands
-to me. If I had not been blind–if I had only taken those dear hands and
-drawn her to me–I might have been spared hours of pain. I might have
-conquered then. But I was hurt, indignant, proud. She had not judged me
-fairly. I forgot that I had not given her the opportunity to do that.
-
-“And I?” I said quietly, “I have been doing what you asked me to do,
-perhaps not in the most approved way, not so tactfully as Duke da Sestos
-has conducted his discreet search, doubtless; though how he can have
-been looking for the casket here in Venice, while he has found time to
-play the lover in Bellagio, I fail to see.”
-
-We arose. Jacqueline looked at me indignantly.
-
-“You are unjust,” she cried proudly, “and you are quite mistaken. For
-not only has Duke da Sestos found time to show me that he loves me, but
-this afternoon he brought to me the casket that belonged to the steel
-chest.”
-
-“He has found the da Sestos casket! Impossible! It is impossible,” I
-stammered.
-
-“It stands on the table there,” she said with quiet dignity.
-
-I walked unsteadily to the table she indicated, and I saw the casket.
-
-It was an exquisite thing, a jewel-case worthy of holding a prince’s
-diadem. It was about as long as my two hands interlocked, and a little
-broader than the palm of my hand. Two medallions were in each of the
-front and rear panels, and a medallion at either end. The design of the
-medallions was the loves of the gods in silver-gilt, _repoussé_. The
-cover rose to an apex, and on the apex was a nymph embraced by a satyr.
-The material was ebony, thickly inlaid with silver of a quaint design. I
-lifted the cover. There were several layers of little drawers. But I saw
-no sign of the springs. I saw no compartments that held the more
-precious of the Doge’s jewels. As I looked at it more carefully, I saw
-that the workmanship was not Venetian, but French. In no way did it
-answer to the description of the casket in the Diary of Sanudo.
-
-I understood. The duke had despaired of finding the casket. It was so
-much simpler to pretend that he had found it. Jacqueline would believe
-that this was the casket as readily as if he had brought the real one.
-Even if she had any doubts, how could she prove them? He was a clever
-rascal, my lord duke. Unfortunately for the success of his ruse, he had
-not counted on my intervention, or perhaps he despised me too much to
-care.
-
-Jacqueline watched me with parted lips, a slight frown of anxiety on her
-forehead. Her eyes seemed to plead with me. What did she wish me to say?
-To tell her that the duke was a liar and a cheat? Or did she wish me to
-say that this was indeed the casket? Would she be glad to hear that? Had
-he conquered her so surely?
-
-“It is very beautiful,” I said indifferently.
-
-“You are convinced?” she asked, almost timidly.
-
-“It is worthy of any museum in Europe.”
-
-“You think it is really the casket?” she persisted.
-
-“I imagined that there would be gems in the da Sestos casket,” I said,
-smiling at her.
-
-“You are not answering my question.”
-
-“Will you tell me how the duke happened to find this–this pretty toy?
-Did he honor you with so much information?”
-
-“He brought it to me only this afternoon. I was so–so overwhelmed–I
-should say, astonished–that I could say nothing. Presently, I suppose,
-he will tell me.”
-
-“And now that he has brought it, Jacqueline?”
-
-“If this is the da Sestos casket, I must keep my word.”
-
-“Then I do assure you that it is not. Do you hear me, Jacqueline? I
-swear to you that this is not the da Sestos casket. I will prove to you
-that this Duke da Sestos is the liar and cheat that I have long
-suspected him to be.”
-
-She looked at me without speaking, but her face was suddenly
-transfigured. My courage came back by leaps and bounds. I felt
-instinctively that the day was not yet lost.
-
-“And how will the ingenious Mr. Hume accomplish that delightful task?”
-demanded a cold voice. The duke walked in.
-
-“How shall I do that, Duke da Sestos?” I repeated passionately. “I shall
-do that by bringing to Miss Quintard the real da Sestos casket before
-the week is over.”
-
-“You are promising a great deal, my friend,” he sneered.
-
-For the second time since we had met on the Piazza we looked steadily at
-each other. It was to be the last grapple now.
-
-“Will you wait that week, Jacqueline, before you listen to Duke da
-Sestos?” I pleaded.
-
-The duke made a gesture of entreaty. “Miss Quintard can not do that
-without showing that she doubts my word.”
-
-Jacqueline looked slowly from me to the duke, and then again at me. She
-smiled–that same grave smile that had puzzled me so much the last half
-hour.
-
-“I shall wait that week,” she said.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXIII
-
-
-That night I could not sleep; and, indeed, I had enough to think about
-as I lay in my troubled bed.
-
-Now I remembered with joy that strange smile of Jacqueline’s, a smile as
-vague and inscrutable as the immortal smile on the lips of the divine
-Gioconda, that withholds so much. My dear Jacqueline had promised that
-she would not pledge herself to the duke for a week. That assurance was
-infinitely heartening. But I had made my promise before the duke, and so
-it was but a foolish boast after all. If he had been villain enough to
-attempt to impose upon her in this way, he was quite capable of setting
-spies at my heels who would dog my every movement for the next eventful
-few days. That would make my promise more difficult of achievement.
-However, the words were spoken. There was nothing for it now but to bend
-every effort to find the casket. I must make good my word at all costs.
-
-If the casket were actually in existence, and in Venice, I would do
-that, be the difficulties what they might. The foppish mantle of the
-dilettante had slipped off my willing shoulders. I was aroused at last.
-We should see now who was the better man–this Latin with feline,
-sheathed claws, or the Anglo-Saxon with bulldog grip.
-
-When I knew that sleep was quite impossible, I put on my dressing-gown
-and went into the sitting-room to read. But it was impossible for me to
-keep my attention on the book. I threw open the heavy shutters and
-looked out.
-
-The lights of Venice the mysterious glowed dimly in the distance. The
-newly risen moon shone on campanile, dome and spire. Here and there a
-gondola, a black speck in a lake of silver, drifted slowly by. I heard
-the plash of the oars, the fragment of a song. Then my attention was
-drawn to the fondamenta immediately beneath my window by the sharp,
-persistent bark of a dog.
-
-A white poodle was leaping in an ecstasy of joy at its master, who was
-doing his utmost to quiet the beast. He cursed the dog volubly by the
-evil spirits of his father and grandfather and all his numerous
-relations and ancestors. At first this little scene only amused me, but
-my idle amusement gave way to an eager interest when presently I heard
-my name mentioned. Leaning far out, I saw that Pietro, my gondolier, was
-conversing with the dog’s master. I tried in vain to hear what they were
-talking about, but almost immediately the dog and his master slunk down
-the quay, hugging the shadow of the wall. I had not seen the fellow’s
-face, but something in his gait seemed familiar. I whistled to attract
-Pietro’s attention, and beckoned to him. Before he had entered my room I
-had made up my mind that I knew who this prowler was. I was convinced
-that it was none other than the duke’s servant, whom St. Hilary and I
-had seen that night the duke had paid his memorable visit to my rooms.
-
-“Pietro,” I said, looking at him steadily, “I have had you in my service
-ever since you left the penitentiary a few rods down the quay. It was an
-affair of stabbing, I believe.”
-
-Pietro nodded with unblushing countenance.
-
-“Yes, monsignore, it was an affair of stabbing. But that I was innocent
-as a three-years-old babe, I swear to you by all the holy saints in the
-calendar, including the Blessed Virgin herself.”
-
-“Pietro,” I continued, “I have been a fairly good master. You have
-earned many a _buona lira_.” I paused suggestively.
-
-He was voluble in his gratitude. Heaven was witness that he had been
-faithful and honest.
-
-“Then will you tell me who was talking to you a few minutes ago? Will
-you tell me exactly what he said to you?”
-
-Certainly he would, and with an ease born of years of careful
-cultivation he lied as cheerfully and fluently as St. Hilary himself.
-
-“The man, monsignore, is the cousin of the husband of my sister. He is
-the concierge of the Pallazzina Baroni on the Rio Santa Barbara. Perhaps
-you have seen, monsignore, the wonderful poodle that is the property of
-the Principessa Fini, who lives in that palace. I assure you,
-monsignore, that the Principessa adores the poodle with the woolly coat
-that hangs in strings at the tail with a devotion that is as great as if
-the wonderful poodle were her own son. But this poodle, you must
-understand, is of an intelligence that is marvelous and a badness that
-is lamentable. He is always running away from his dear mistress.
-To-night he went for a ride on the steamboat–oh, he is of an
-intelligence that is truly remarkable, and came to our fondamenta to
-visit another dog, but a dog of so plebeian a birth as to be
-disgraceful. And so the concierge has come swearing after the wicked
-beast, and no doubt the monsignore heard the barking.”
-
-It was useless to get anything out of Pietro. He lied because he loved
-to lie, and then there had been the money that had crossed his palm.
-
-“That will do,” I said gravely.
-
-I did not inform St. Hilary the next morning of my foolish boast to the
-duke. Nor did I tell him that the duke had already been bribing my
-servant to spy on me. Hearing that, he would, I was sure, insist upon
-our postponing the search for the casket until the week was over. That
-would not suit my plans at all. But I did tell him of the duke’s pseudo
-casket. He was delighted at this turn of affairs.
-
-“So our friend the comedian has discovered a casket all by himself,” he
-exclaimed, rubbing his hands with joy. “His object, of course, is to
-gain the consent of Miss Quintard to marry him. Now that he has obtained
-that, he will cease to bother us, if, indeed, he has concerned himself
-about us at all. But I forgot,” he added hypocritically, seizing my
-hands. “You, my dear Hume, do not consider this good news at all.”
-
-“If it were true that Miss Quintard were actually engaged to the duke,”
-I replied indifferently, “I should tell you and the casket to go to the
-devil. But I happen to know that she will wait a week, at least, before
-binding herself to him or any other.”
-
-“Capital, my dear Hume, capital! In a quarter of an hour I shall be
-dressed. A cup of coffee and a cigarette, and we will continue our
-search. It is early, but not too early to interview a servant mopping a
-doorstep.”
-
-The Palace Cæsarini, as every tourist knows, is one of the most
-beautiful and historic in Venice. Its distinguishing mark, however, is
-the square tower that stands at its rear. The campanile, as bare of
-ornament and as stolid as one of those towers of defence one sees at
-Regensburg, is no more than a case for the stairway inside. Ugly as it
-is, it serves to bring into more striking contrast the lightness and
-delicacy of the Gothic jewel-work of the façade of the palace. Five
-arches, richly carved with foliage, support the upper stories. The
-loggia beneath is exquisitely proportioned. The broad marble steps,
-leading to the water’s edge, extend the whole width of the palace front.
-The pointed windows, Moorish in the profusion of their carving, are
-noticeable because of the quaintly grotesque beasts, with monstrous
-tails and protruding tongues, that are carved in niches between each
-window.
-
-Our interest in the palace, however, was centered in the tower. From
-this tower we expected to be led to the eighth landmark. We thought it
-most unlikely that the iron safes had any significance. For no
-imaginable reason, surely, could the clock-maker have chosen so public a
-hiding-place. Indeed, the casket might not be in the Cæsarini Palace at
-all; yet we expected to find it there. At first thought this seemed
-unreasonable. Why should he have hidden the gems in another house? The
-existence of the iron safes suggests the answer.
-
-St. Hilary had read in the Annals of the Inquisition that the last work
-Giovanni had undertaken was the building of these safes. When once he
-had determined to steal the casket he must have thought of a
-hiding-place. He knew that his own house was impossible. The mechanism
-of these safes was intricate and delicate. They would require constant
-attention and repair. The clock-maker would have, therefore, frequent
-access to the palace, and provided that he was successful in once hiding
-the casket there, he could take away the stones at his leisure. Here,
-then, if this theory was correct, the son had hidden the casket. For as
-his father’s assistant he would naturally have had access to the palace.
-
-St. Hilary and I rang the bell at the side door of the palace on the
-Calle Bianca Madonna. It was a less conspicuous entrance than that on
-the Grand Canal. The majordomo, summoned by us, peremptorily frowned on
-our modest request to be permitted to see the curious tower and the
-safes.
-
-“No, signori,” he protested, swelling out a chest resplendent with gold
-braid, “this is no time for tourists to visit the palace.”
-
-“Tourists!” cried St. Hilary indignantly. “Have I not told you we are
-distinguished architects?”
-
-“Because,” continued the majordomo patiently, closing his eyes, as if he
-had not heard the interruption, “all the palace is in confusion.
-To-morrow night the Princess Cæsarini gives the famous _bal masqué_. You
-can understand, then, that this is no time to visit our palace.”
-
-“But we could at least see the safes. They interest us particularly.”
-
-“The safes, signore! Pooh, pooh, they have been made into furnaces long
-ago.”
-
-“But the tower–we can visit that without troubling you. We are writing a
-book on curious towers.”
-
-The man shrugged his shoulders obstinately. “After to-morrow night,
-perhaps. I do not know. Certainly not till then. And even then our
-princess may not care to have the gentlemen come. She goes to Paris the
-day after, and the palace will be closed.”
-
-This was alarming news.
-
-“Closed!” persisted St. Hilary, and it was impossible to mistake the
-note of satisfaction in his voice. “Closed! And does no one stay to take
-care of it?”
-
-“But certainly,” replied the servant suspiciously, “I stay and all the
-servants; and then, let me tell the gentlemen, unless the princess
-commands, no one, not even the king, has admittance.”
-
-I thought St. Hilary’s eagerness most indiscreet, but he was in no way
-abashed.
-
-“It is to be a very exclusive ball, I suppose.”
-
-“Of an exclusiveness that will exclude all _Inglesi_ and _forrestieri_,”
-cried the servant maliciously, and shut the door in our faces.
-
-“Do you think your suspicions and vulgar curiosity quite apropos, St.
-Hilary?” I demanded vexatiously, as we turned from the door.
-
-“Oh, thick of head and slow of understanding,” he retorted in wild good
-humor. “Do you think that I asked my questions without reason? I wanted
-to know if it were not better for us to postpone our explorations till
-after this precious ball. I have learned definitely that it would be
-quite useless. If Madame La Princesse goes to Paris immediately after,
-it is not likely that she will bother her head giving tourists or
-architects permission to explore her palace. As to forcing our way in
-afterward, you heard what the man said. For my part I prefer to enter
-the palace as a guest. We must resort to the jimmy and the dark-lantern
-as a last extremity. Certainly we must go to that ball.”
-
-“Without an invitation, and costumes?”
-
-“Assuredly not. And the costumes I have in my mind’s eye for you and
-myself will fit our figures to a marvel. You, the stolid pig, shall be
-resplendent as the Doge. As for me, I shall be bravely clad in doublet
-and hose as the captain of the guard. And behold, in that room yonder
-probably repose our costumes this very moment.”
-
-St. Hilary had tossed his head to a window of a pretentious apartment on
-the second story.
-
-“We are going to hire costumes from a shop?”
-
-“What!” he cried in horror. “You have lived in Venice three years, and
-mistake the apartments of one of the most aristocratic families of
-Venice for a costumer’s shop. Fie, fie!”
-
-“You are not going to steal the costumes and the tickets?” I cried in
-dismay. St. Hilary’s methods were always so beautifully direct and
-unscrupulous.
-
-“I am not going to steal them. I am going, as it were, to squeeze the
-costumes off the noble backs of two gallant cavaliers I know slightly,
-and the tickets out of their pockets. Oh, they will gladly oblige me,
-those young gentlemen.”
-
-“But why?”
-
-“Why, my friend? Because it so happens that I hold a little note that is
-signed jointly in the writing of the noble youths. Now if I were to
-postpone the necessity of their paying those notes for a month or two,
-or if I removed the necessity of payment altogether, would they not be
-duly grateful?”
-
-As I have said, St. Hilary’s methods were always so beautifully direct
-and unscrupulous.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXIV
-
-
-St. Hilary and I were smiling at ourselves before the pier-glass in my
-bedroom. It seemed to me quite impossible that we could be recognized.
-
-As a captain of the Inquisitorial Guard St. Hilary was inimitable. His
-black eyes, as bright and piercing as any swashbuckler’s, glowed through
-the velvet mask with a ferocity that was startling. His leanness and
-agility, the stiff carriage of his compact and sinewy little body, the
-gray goatee and mustachios, all distinctive of St. Hilary, were quite as
-distinctive of the part he had taken. Nothing could be more thoroughly
-foreign, more Italian.
-
-He was pleased to approve of me. A magnificent robe of old Genoese
-velvet, bordered with ermine, the Doge’s cap, with one great stone
-glowing in the front, made of me a most imposing personage. The velvet
-mask completed my disguise. We might or might not be mistaken for the
-two gallant young noblemen whose costumes St. Hilary had “squeezed” from
-them, but at least we were not ourselves.
-
-And so, seated stiffly upright, not to crush our gorgeous costumes, we
-started late in the evening for the ball at the Cæsarini Palace.
-
-Propelled with vigorous strokes, we swept down the Grand Canal. It was
-impossible not to enter into the adventure with spirit and abandon. Our
-going to the ball was audacious enough. But the ball itself was a mere
-bagatelle to us. We were about to loot a palace. It is not every day
-that one has such big game to key one’s nerves to fighting pitch.
-
-We glided silently and swiftly down the broad stream. Glimmering
-lanterns of other gondolas danced about us. Every moment we overtook and
-were passed by guests. Every Rio poured forth its tribute, a doge, a
-monk, a queen, a knight. As we neared the palace the gondolas almost
-touched, so dense was the throng. A compact mass, we drifted toward the
-blaze of light pouring from the open hall of the Cæsarini Palace.
-
-Slowly, one by one, the gondolas were deftly guided to the marble steps.
-St. Hilary grasped my arm. He whispered his last instructions. I was not
-an adept at this sort of thing.
-
-“We must keep together as much as possible. But first, we shall have to
-separate. To find our way to the tower, that is the main thing. If you
-find the way clear thither, you must indicate it to me by resting your
-forefinger lightly on your thigh. I shall show you I have found it by
-resting the same finger on the hilt of my dagger. Once in the tower, we
-can determine our next move. The chances are that it will be open to the
-guests from the garden. A dark tower is an admirable retreat for a
-couple to make love in.”
-
-As St. Hilary was whispering these words in my ear, my attention was
-distracted by the gondola floating by our side. Its oarsmen were vainly
-attempting to cut across our bows. Our own gondoliers were unwilling to
-give way. Before I could interfere, we had jammed the other gondola
-against the variegated red and blue posts placed before every Venetian
-palace. Instantly the curtains of the felsa of the neighboring gondola
-were drawn aside. The head of a cardinal was thrust out. Forgetting that
-I was in costume, I drew back to avoid being seen. The cardinal was Duke
-da Sestos. He had doffed his mask while he shouted to our men to make
-way. Awed by the ducal coronet on his gondola, our oarsmen paused. The
-other shot forward and drew up at the steps of the palace. Alighting
-there, the duke handed out two ladies. I recognized them as Mrs. Gordon
-and Jacqueline, in spite of their masks and disguise.
-
-In our turn we paused at the water’s edge. Servants dressed in the
-costume of the gondoliers of the fifteenth century stood in a row to
-receive us. Two of them steadied the gondola; another placed his little
-platform of green baize; the fourth offered a deferential arm. I
-gathered my robe about me, and we stepped from the platform to the
-crimson carpet. Surrendering our tickets to our friend the majordomo,
-who bowed to us much more courteously than he had done the day before,
-we advanced slowly down the hall, glowing with a thousand candles. I
-noticed with satisfaction that the doors of glass leading into the
-garden were wide open. We should have no difficulty in entering the
-tower, then, unless its gates were locked. The full moon fell with a
-soft radiance on the playing fountain, the statues, and the bare
-whiteness of Italian seats. But we dared not enter the garden.
-
-With a Mephistopheles crowding me close on one side and St. Hilary on
-the other, the train of a Lucretia Borgia dragging in front, and the
-lance of a Don Quixote poking me in the back, I ascended a stairway,
-impressively noble in its proportions. Along its entire length at
-intervals were placed busts of some great ancestor of the House of
-Cæsarini. They stood in niches of the wall and on the balustrade of each
-turn of the stairway.
-
-The grand staircase ended in a great square hall. A full-length portrait
-of Prince Cæsarini on horseback looked down on us. A row of servants
-stood at the two open folding-doors leading into the sala. On either
-side of the sala were the usual reception-rooms and card-rooms.
-
-This sala of the Cæsarini Palace, one of the most impressive in Venice,
-both in size and plan, is a square apartment, one side facing the Grand
-Canal, the other, a little side canal. Quite two-thirds of the room is
-raised above the rest of the floor, and is ascended by three marble
-steps. The effect on entering was indescribably brilliant. Dancing had
-already commenced on this immense dais. Every moment a couple descended
-and ascended the marble steps. The air was heavy with perfume. The
-strange costumes were reflected in a score of mirrors sunk in the walls
-at intervals between the tapestries. Through the velvet masks gleamed
-dark and languorous eyes that beckoned and challenged seductively.
-Already here and there a nymph fled with light laughter; a satyr pursued
-with eager eyes. One felt that license would go far before these masks
-were removed at supper.
-
-I missed St. Hilary almost immediately. Jacqueline and the duke were
-dancing. I watched them gloomily. On what mad errand were St. Hilary and
-I bent to-night? We had forced ourselves here by browbeating two weak
-young fools, who were no doubt quite ready to turn and rend us. If we
-were exposed! And before Jacqueline! We were absolutely no more
-respectable than two thieves whose eyes are fixed greedily on the silver
-spoons.
-
-My arm was jogged. St. Hilary stood beside me. His eyes danced. His
-forefinger rested lightly on the hilt of his dagger. I strolled after
-him. He led the way directly to one of the _camerini_. He paused before
-a Titian. I stared at a Giorgione. He sauntered on. I kept him just in
-sight. We passed through half a dozen of the square little rooms. We
-entered the last of them, where several men were gathered about a
-punch-bowl. St. Hilary dropped into a chair in the corner. I occupied
-the chair next to him. Presently, when a burst of loud laughter came
-from the men at the punch-bowl, he leaned forward and picked up an
-imaginary pin. “I know where the casket is.”
-
-I started violently.
-
-“I have traced it from the tower.”
-
-“You have traced it from the tower!” I repeated incredulously.
-
-“To this room,” he whispered. “You remember the scene of the seventh
-hour?”
-
-“_And in the seven and twentieth day of the month was the earth dried_,”
-I murmured.
-
-“Precisely. The twenty-seven steps from the summit of the tower bring
-one to a door that opens on a passage. The other door to that passage is
-just to the right of your chair.”
-
-“And how do you know that?” I demanded, staring at it.
-
-“A lady fainted a few minutes ago. She was carried through that door to
-the landing for air. While the door was open I made good use of my
-opportunity, and I have taken the precaution to put the key of the door
-opening on to the tower into my pocket.”
-
-I looked about me eagerly for the eighth landmark. The four walls were
-not suggestive.
-
-“The painted ceiling,” prompted St. Hilary.
-
-I looked upward. The decoration of the ceiling represented a king rising
-from his throne in the act of greeting a woman who made obeisance before
-him. I recognized the figures as those of King Solomon and the Queen of
-Sheba. The throne had six steps. At the base of the steps crouched two
-lions.
-
-“And now that we have found the eighth landmark?” I asked quietly.
-
-“The numbers are 6 and 2,” he whispered. Then aloud, in Italian, “Shall
-we go into the ball-room?”
-
-I took St. Hilary’s arm. We passed through a succession of
-reception-rooms, and as we entered each room I felt the familiar and
-significant pressure. Passing through six of these rooms, we were in the
-sala again.
-
-The decorous dancing of an hour ago had given way to a rout, a pageant,
-a scene of childish abandon and folly. The younger of the aristocracy of
-Venice had each assumed some classic character. Arm in arm, a wild
-procession of shepherds crowned with chaplets, bacchantes, and goddesses
-romped across the stage. There was Jason with his golden fleece, Thetis
-with her sea-nymphs, Orpheus with a pair of loving-birds on his wrist.
-
-Round and round the great ball-room, up and down the marble steps, swept
-the procession. Presently it stopped abruptly. With a wild shout, they
-swept down on the laughing spectators; each Jack chose an incongruous
-Jill. Apollo made captive Catherine di Medici; Pomona, Falstaff; Hebe,
-Mephistopheles.
-
-Too late, St. Hilary and I turned to flee. A chain of flowers deftly
-tossed by white arms made us prisoners, St. Hilary to Diana, myself to a
-Mermaid. The grotesque mob again formed in procession. To the flourish
-of trumpets and the beating of drums, after encircling the ball-room
-once more, they proceeded to the supper-room. There, of course, each was
-expected to unmask.
-
-It was impossible to retreat. Every step brought us nearer to exposure
-and disgrace. This knowledge, disagreeable enough in itself, was made
-doubly embarrassing when my fair jailer whispered coyly in my ear that
-not all the disguise in the world could deceive her. It was evident, of
-course, that she had taken me for the man whose costume I wore, and that
-tender passages had passed between the two before now. I muttered some
-incoherent reply. I followed miserably after St. Hilary and his
-inamorata.
-
-But even at the eleventh hour came a reprieve. St. Hilary had guided his
-fair unknown past the supper-room, down the stairway. I followed his
-example. At the foot of the stairway we turned to the right, and so made
-our way into the moonlight of the garden. The shades of Elysium are not
-more grateful to perturbed spirits than was to us the dark bower
-overgrown with yellow jessamine and honeysuckle. But the girl at my side
-had become suspicious. I had spoken no word. She drew back in alarm. At
-that instant St. Hilary’s Diana discovered her mistake. There was an
-hysterical cry from each of the girls. Together they fled down the path
-to the palace, while St. Hilary followed them with mocking laughter.
-Then we plunged into the arbor. We were saved.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXV
-
-
-A moment we listened. St. Hilary lighted a cigarette.
-
-“Idiot,” he chuckled, “to intrude on a doting couple. There might have
-been kisses, who knows?”
-
-“But why did she not recognize you sooner?”
-
-“Because I happen to have a figure that is not unlike her swain’s, I
-suppose. As to my voice, have I not heard many times the squeak of the
-noble Conti, and am I not a mimic on occasions?”
-
-“But surely I do not resemble the other noble Conti?”
-
-“In that bulging robe, with that beard and mask, you might be equally an
-angel of light or the very devil himself. I am glad you had wit enough
-not to speak.”
-
-“And now?” I asked impatiently.
-
-“After we have slipped the bolt of that little gate in the garden wall
-over there, we will make our way up the tower and hide until the guests
-have gone. We dare not trust ourselves in the palace again after our
-escapade. That gate opens on the side street. We shall be glad to avail
-ourselves of it later.”
-
-We were about to leave the arbor when a Punchinello strolled down the
-garden path, a poodle at his heels. He was humming a French song, his
-hands thrust deep into his pockets. He passed by a pergola of grapevines
-without once turning in our direction. Recognizing the dog, I guessed
-the identity of the clown. It was the man who had been tampering with
-Pietro’s honesty a night or two before. His presence at the palace was
-alarming, but I said no word to St. Hilary of my fears. Spies or no
-spies, I was going to find that casket to-night!
-
-When the garden was again deserted I drew the bolts of the gate, then
-followed St. Hilary up the steps of the tower. All the guests were at
-supper, and we met no one.
-
-At the summit of the tower the sides were wide open to the sky. A low
-parapet ran around the sides. The roof rose to an apex some ten or
-twelve feet above. Two broad timbers, just out of reach, stretched
-across the roof. Rusty rings were still embedded in them. In former days
-this had been a bell-tower. I pointed out the timbers to St. Hilary.
-
-“There is our hiding-place if any one comes. Could you reach those beams
-if I gave you a back?”
-
-He did not answer. He was looking down the dark stairway. He rose and
-leaped on the parapet.
-
-“It is time to make the attempt. People are coming up the stairs.”
-
-In five seconds we were lying side by side.
-
-“Whatever happens, you must not betray yourself. If you do, remember,
-you betray me, and you promised to stand by me, no matter what
-happened.”
-
-I nodded; then, peering over, I saw my mask lying on the bench where I
-had thrown it down. I pointed it out to St. Hilary.
-
-“Shall I risk jumping down for it?”
-
-“No, no. There is no logical clue between a mask on a bench and two
-gentlemen playing eavesdroppers a few feet above.”
-
-There was a rustle of silk; a faint sigh of a woman catching her breath;
-then a ripple of light laughter.
-
-“We are not the first, duke, to enjoy this wonderful view,” cried a
-clear voice.
-
-I leaned recklessly over. Jacqueline was holding my mask toward Duke da
-Sestos. And they were alone.
-
-I had just given my promise to St. Hilary, but I had not reckoned on
-this. To leap down now would mean that I must betray him; to remain,
-that I must listen. I was in an agony of indecision. Again I hesitated,
-and again I was to pay a bitter penalty.
-
-“Oh, it is worth the climb,” cried Jacqueline enthusiastically. “That
-blaze of lights is the Piazza San Marco, of course. And the long line to
-the north?”
-
-“Are the lights of the Riva,” answered the moody voice of the duke.
-
-His tone frightened me. I felt that he was regarding her with burning
-glances. Jacqueline must have noticed it had she not been enraptured
-with the fairy scene before her.
-
-“The little splashes of light here and there are the campos, of course.
-But the Grand Canal! I never dreamed of anything so wonderful. Look, it
-has just one broad band of moonlight across its gloom. How fearfully
-tragic it must look on a cloudy night! But now, it is beautiful. And the
-tiny flickers of dancing light from the lanterns on the gondolas make
-the effect magical. Is it any wonder that, after all, one is a slave to
-the beauty of this Venice? Perhaps,” she added dreamily, “one might have
-more ignoble dreams and ambitions than to live always in the midst of
-this beauty. I believe there is nothing on earth so beautiful as this
-scene.”
-
-“There is yourself,” a hoarse voice broke in on her revery. “There is
-yourself, and to-night you are more beautiful and exquisite than the
-very citadels of Paradise.”
-
-I trembled. It was to come, then, this declaration of love; and I must
-listen. It was now too late to descend. I could only pray that they
-would soon go. To my joy, this time Jacqueline did recognize the danger
-of her lingering.
-
-“And below, what a mass of gondolas! How little did I think that I
-should ever go to a ball in a gondola! I can not thank you enough for
-bringing me here. But my aunt is waiting at the next landing. She will
-be wondering.”
-
-“No,” broke in the duke’s hoarse voice, “she will not.”
-
-“And why not, please?” demanded Jacqueline.
-
-“I have told Mrs. Gordon that I must see you alone. You have avoided me
-all the evening–all the day–ever since Mr. Hume insulted me by denying
-that I had found the casket. And now that I have my opportunity it shall
-not escape me.”
-
-“If my aunt has given you permission to detain me here against my will,
-she has gone beyond her right. That she is not waiting for me makes it
-still more necessary to descend.”
-
-“You must not go. You will not be so cruel. You shall not go. You shall
-not go, by heaven until you have told mo why you refuse to listen to
-me!”
-
-“Do you think that my regard for you will grow stronger because you
-detain me here against my will?” Jacqueline asked indignantly.
-
-“My glorious one, you are beautiful when you are angry,” he cried
-passionately. “I do not forget that you are only a nun for the hour.
-Beneath those funereal robes beats a heart of passion and fire like
-mine. Like mine, do you hear? It is time you were wooed and won.”
-
-“I hardly understand you, Duke da Sestos.”
-
-Even now there was no fear in her voice.
-
-“Oh, you understand, my white dove,” he continued in a tone that made my
-blood boil. “You understand perfectly. Even in America, I suppose, young
-girls do not climb towers alone at night without first of all counting
-the cost.”
-
-I had heard quite enough. St. Hilary and his casket might go to the
-devil. I gathered up my cumbersome robes. St. Hilary, his black eyes
-glowing into mine a few feet away, made a fierce but cautious gesture to
-lie still If I did so it was not because of St. Hilary, but
-consideration for my own dignity. Jacqueline would never forgive me if I
-appeared now, I thought. And by his next words the duke seemed to have
-come to his senses at last.
-
-“Heavens,” he cried despairingly, “I am mad! I have angered you. Forgive
-me. Say that you forgive me. You shall go when you have said that.”
-
-“If I forgive you,” answered Jacqueline in a cold voice, “it is because
-I have failed to understand you.”
-
-“But tell me, before we go, why have you promised only to deny? I have
-been patient. I have endured all. But now, to-night, under this soft
-moonlight, under these burning stars, with Venice, the Queen of Loves,
-to listen, I tell you that I love you. Pledge your love to
-me–here–to-night.”
-
-“I insist that you let me go.”
-
-“In one moment. Tell me why you refuse to keep your word? Is it because
-that Mr. Hume made me ridiculous before you? If he had not interfered,
-you would have loved me. I would have made you love me.”
-
-“Really, Duke da Sestos, to be quite exact, you should say if _you_ had
-not interfered.”
-
-“But when once you know what I know, when I have told you that he is a
-thief––”
-
-“Thief!” cried my dear Jacqueline with scorn.
-
-“Is he not a thief who breaks into your rooms, who binds you hand and
-foot, who steals from you––”
-
-“You dare say that he has done that?” cried Jacqueline, lingering in
-spite of herself.
-
-“I dare say to his face that he has done just that,” replied the duke
-hotly. “He has done more than that. He has stolen your heart from me,
-and for that I shall never forgive him. Never. But I shall yet win you.
-You are mine. Give me my reward. I implore you. I command you. You are
-in my power. One kiss, and you shall go. I swear it. No, no, you shall
-not escape me.”
-
-She screamed. I lifted myself on my elbow to leap down. It was
-impossible to stay there longer. My robe caught on a nail. While I
-struggled to free myself the duke saw me, and as I alighted he struck me
-a violent blow.
-
-He flung himself upon me and pinioned my arms. I struggled furiously,
-but he had me at a disadvantage. I was down. The moonlight fell on my
-face. He recognized me.
-
-“Bah, it is our American friend; it is your Mr. Hume,” he cried, with a
-contempt that was too careless for indignation. There was almost a note
-of good-nature in his contempt, as if I were a loathsome but amusing
-species of reptile.
-
-I rose panting to my feet. Hell itself can have no greater torment than
-I suffered then.
-
-“Eavesdropper!” cried the duke, regarding me cynically.
-
-Jacqueline looked at me in horror. “You were listening? And you made no
-effort to help me?”
-
-The words were not spoken in reproach. It was as if she had uttered a
-simple truth that was convincing, hopelessly convincing.
-
-I was silent. I could say nothing without betraying St. Hilary.
-
-“Is every one low and despicable? Is there no honor in any one? You–my
-aunt–” she groped her way toward the stairs.
-
-For the third time the duke and I looked into each others eyes. He was
-smiling still in his amused, cynical way, but thoughtfully, too.
-
-“So,” he said at last, “you really were listening? Or had you other
-motives?”
-
-“No,” I said, quite truthfully. “You know perfectly well that I was not
-listening.”
-
-“I thought so. I am so sorry that I have disturbed Mr. Hume. And now
-to-night, I suppose, it is useless to keep an eye on him longer. There
-will be no adventures to-night, I am afraid.”
-
-There was a note of real regret in his voice. Had he really known that I
-was here, or was he lying as usual? In any case, if I could convince him
-that for to-night, at least, I should make no further attempt to find
-the casket, he would leave St. Hilary in peace.
-
-“You have beaten me to-night, it is true, but there are other nights.
-Remember that there are yet five days.”
-
-We descended the tower. I walked deliberately through the palace. The
-duke pretended not to watch me, but I knew that I should be followed. It
-was some minutes before my gondola came; for the last of the guests were
-leaving. I went at once to my rooms. I lighted the gas and exchanged the
-mummery in which I was clad for a suit of tweeds. Then, with an ulster
-and golf-cap for St. Hilary, I turned out the gas, made my way out into
-the garden at the rear, and in ten minutes had pushed open the little
-gate in the garden wall.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXVI
-
-
-The garden was dark. Only the bloom of a cherry tree and a line of
-lilies planted the length of the pergola showed white against the gloom.
-The waning moon hardly touched the top of the garden wall now, but fell
-full on the palace windows and the tower.
-
-No light was to be seen. The last guest had departed. The Princess
-Caesarini was grand enough lady to have her own ways in spite of those
-of the world; and one of them was to be in bed by two o’clock.
-
-The question was, where should I find St. Hilary? I should look for him
-first, of course, in the tower. It was barely possible that he had
-waited for me. Scarcely half an hour had passed since I left the palace.
-
-He was seated on the parapet, quietly smoking. He greeted me grimly.
-
-“Well, you have made a nice mess of things. I should have known that
-failure is always the result of one’s mixing up business and sentiment.
-There can be no search for the casket to-night. Come, let’s be going.”
-
-“Nonsense, St. Hilary,” I cried sharply. “You know very well we shall
-finish our search to-night. It is natural that you should feel some
-annoyance–not with me, but with circumstances. I promised you I would
-not betray myself; but could you have lain quiet in my place?”
-
-“Of course I could,” he mumbled.
-
-“As to there being no further search, why did you wait here if you
-intended to relinquish it? Why did you not go on with it alone? You have
-waited, hoping I should return.”
-
-“But you deliberately told the duke that you were hiding, waiting for a
-chance to find the casket. At least you hinted as much. He understood
-you to mean that. For aught we know he has put the palace on its guard.”
-
-“Yes,” I answered angrily, “I told him that–deliberately. What else
-could I do? He must have guessed. But after discovering me, would he
-think it likely that I should return to continue the search? No. He has
-seen me leave the palace. He has followed me, or had me followed, to my
-rooms. He thinks that I am in bed. I am certain that no one has followed
-me here. He has seen me go out of the palace. He has not seen me return.
-There is the matter in a nutshell.”
-
-“But has he seen me go out?” demanded St. Hilary.
-
-“Are you sure he knows you were at the ball?”
-
-“Ah, that’s the question. I think we ought to fling up our search for
-to-night.”
-
-“I do not. The finding of that casket is my only chance for happiness
-now. Where is the key?”
-
-“It is quite useless. It unlocks the outer door of the passage, but the
-inner door defies this key and some skeleton keys I have with me.
-Confound these old Italian locks! That round window over your head is
-the only chance. If you give me a leg up, I think I can pry it open and
-squeeze through.”
-
-So that was why he had waited! He had attempted, then, to carry on the
-search without me; he had waited for me only because he had found my
-help absolutely necessary. Suddenly, I mistrusted St. Hilary. It seemed
-difficult for his mind to work in normal grooves. Deceit and lying were
-as natural to him as breathing. And yet, with one exception, he had been
-fair and generous with me. Was it only to discard me when I was of no
-further use?
-
-“But where does the window lead?” I demanded.
-
-“We must take our chances as to that. I am the slighter. Let me go
-through first.”
-
-I stooped down and braced my arms against the wall. He lightly sprang on
-my shoulders. I felt him strain and tug at the casement. Then I heard a
-crack. Waiting a moment to be sure that the slight noise had not aroused
-any one, he spurned my shoulders, and leaped upward. For an instant his
-body hovered comically in mid-air. Then it disappeared.
-
-I stood motionless against the wall, listening with all my ears. Five
-minutes passed, and I began to wonder if he had deserted me, when his
-head appeared through the window.
-
-“I am standing on a bench. Jump, and catch my hands. This is the only
-chance to get into the palace that I can see.”
-
-I measured the window with my eye. I kicked a bit of mortar from between
-two stones in the wall. Edging my toe in, I sprang up. Twice I failed to
-reach his outstretched arms, but the third time I was successful. A
-strenuous minute, and I stood panting beside him.
-
-We entered a draughty passage. St. Hilary went confidently to the door
-at the end, and pushing it open, he struck a match. We were in an
-anteroom. Huge presses ran up to the ceiling on three of the walls. The
-fourth wall was paneled, and in spite of my excitement, or perhaps
-because of it, I saw that it was covered with names carved in the oak.
-In other days this had undoubtedly been the page’s room. And now I had
-another proof of St. Hilary’s keenness. He opened the door of what I
-supposed to be one of the presses, and we were in the sala. The air was
-yet heavy with the smell of perfume and crushed flowers.
-
-“Shall I light one of these candles?” I whispered. “Is it safe?”
-
-He nodded, and I took one of the candles from its sconce. St. Hilary
-stood by the great fireplace, where two lions crouched.
-
-“These must be the two lions of the eighth landmark,” I said.
-
-I held the candle high above my head. As the light flared, vague
-spectral forms seemed to spring out of the darkness and to vanish. Our
-shadows, gigantic and monstrous, danced grotesquely on the polished
-floor. In a dozen mirrors our figures were dimly reflected.
-
-“The ninth hour?” demanded St. Hilary hoarsely.
-
-“_And Joseph said, Behold, I have dreamed a dream, and behold, the sun
-and moon and the eleven stars made obeisance to me_,” I answered.
-
-He clutched my arm. He pointed far above the mantel.
-
-At first I did not understand. In front of us yawned the great
-fireplace. Two bowed and wearied giants supported the hooded marble
-mantel, their feet braced fantastically against the two crouching lions.
-The polished breasts and thighs of the figures glowed in the faint
-candle-light. Above, the space from the mantel to the very ceiling was
-filled with paneling, dark and somber with age and smoke, all richly and
-delicately carved, a design infinitely confusing with its entwined and
-intricate figures. A medley of chariots and horses, armored warriors and
-banners, all impossibly crowded together, like a frieze in a Greek
-temple–that is my vague impression of the carving.
-
-“The sun and the moon and the eleven stars,” muttered St. Hilary, still
-pointing.
-
-Suddenly I understood. It was the scene of Joshua going forth to battle,
-commanding the sun and moon to stand still. On the right shone the sun,
-its rays naively depicted; on the left shone the moon. Joshua held a
-banner in his hand, and on the banner were eleven stars.
-
-“There must be a spring concealed in the paneling. If we strike one of
-those stars––”
-
-St. Hilary did not finish his sentence. He carried a console table
-toward the mantel. For once I was the quicker. I caught the mantel,
-braced myself on one of the giants, and so lifted myself up on it.
-
-I struck each of the stars in turn sharply with my palm.
-
-“Here–the dagger,” cried St. Hilary, and taking the dagger he wore from
-his belt he tossed it up to me. Again I struck each of the stars with
-the hilt of the dagger. One moment I was staring at the paneling; the
-next, the paneling to the right of the chimney had slid noiselessly up
-and I was looking into a square hole big enough to admit one’s body.
-
-A clock somewhere in the palace struck the hour of four.
-
-“It is the hour,” I whispered, staring down at St. Hilary. “We are to
-inherit Time’s legacy at last.”
-
-St. Hilary did not answer. He was scrambling up on the table.
-
-I waved him back imperatively. His lack of self-control restored mine.
-Now that I was here I had no intention of giving way to him.
-
-“Get down,” I cried. “Are you mad? One of us must keep watch. Before I
-crawl up into the shaft I shall lower the paneled door. Push away the
-table there. If any one should come––”
-
-The sentence died on my lips. His sallow face, lighted by the feeble
-flicker of the candle, was flushed with intense excitement. One thinks
-of the taper as standing before holy altars, shining on meek-eyed
-Madonnas and saints. But the candle he held before him revealed
-something of the cunning greed of the miser in his glittering eyes,
-something of the fierce desire of the madman. He stood perfectly
-motionless, gazing upward at the ceiling. One might have thought he was
-in a trance.
-
-“St. Hilary! St. Hilary!” I cried, shocked at this display of emotion.
-“What is it, man?”
-
-His lips tried hard to speak, but no words came from them. Then he
-pointed upward to the beams above his head. I followed his tense gaze.
-Then I understood his strange excitement.
-
-As in all Venetian palaces, the ceiling of this _sala grande_ was made
-of massive beams stretching from wall to wall. The space between these
-sunken beams was covered with boards nailed on top of them.
-
-In one of these sunken beams da Sestos had hidden the casket. I could
-see it as I stood on the mantel, just out of my reach.
-
-The spring that had released the paneling must have opened at the same
-time a tiny door at the side of this beam. As I moved my candle, I
-caught the gleam of shining metal. We had found the casket. The last
-three scenes of the hours, then, were meaningless.
-
-I crawled into the shaft. I stood erect. My head was on a level with a
-space hardly more than a foot high between the ceiling of the sala and
-the floor of the apartment above. I drew myself painfully along this
-narrow interstice, St. Hilary’s dagger in one hand and the candle in the
-other. When I had reached what I thought to be the location of the
-casket, I brushed the dust away, and I saw several brass nails driven
-into the boards, forming a small circle. I struck at the circle with the
-sharp dagger until I could thrust my arm through the aperture I had
-made. I felt along the beam immediately below, and I touched the cold
-metal. My fingers traveled lovingly over its smooth surface. Slowly and
-carefully I drew the casket from its hiding-place. It was
-heavy–incredibly heavy. Very faintly I heard St. Hilary utter a cry of
-joy. I closed the little door of the beam, then I lowered myself into
-the shaft again, the precious casket clasped in both my hands. But the
-shaft was too narrow for me to leave it and still hold the casket. I
-must hand it first to St. Hilary. I stooped down and held it out. I had
-heard him step from the table to the mantel.
-
-“Here it is, St. Hilary,” I said hoarsely.
-
-It was clutched, brutally, out of my lingering grasp. A sharp blow
-struck my hand, then there was darkness. The paneled door had been
-closed. I heard the spring click as it shut tight. St. Hilary had played
-me false. Too late I thought of my distrust of him.
-
-I pulled myself up into the shaft again to fetch the dagger I had left
-on the floor above. I struck the paneling along the edge of the top
-until I had located the spring. Then I hacked at the hard board till I
-felt it give way. I raised it cautiously and stepped out on the mantel.
-It had taken me half an hour to free myself.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXVII
-
-
-Closing the panel door after me, I sprang lightly to the floor. I did
-not dare attempt to escape from the palace by the way of the tower. I
-stole across the polished floor out to the landing. I listened at the
-head of the stairs. In the hall below I could hear the clatter of wooden
-pattens on the marble flags. There was the swish of a broom. A door
-slammed, then all was still. I descended the stairway rapidly.
-
-To my joy the double doors of glass leading out into the garden were
-open. I might be seen from the window of the palazzo while crossing the
-garden to the little gate, but I had to take the chance. I stole out
-into the garden. I gained the shelter of the pergola. I reached the
-gate, slipped out into the street, and closed it behind me. In two
-minutes I had lost myself in the market crowd in the Campo San
-Bartolomeo.
-
-And now what should I do? It was impossible to avail myself of the
-ordinary channels of the law. I had no more legal right to the casket
-than had St. Hilary. I must rely on my own wits.
-
-Would he already have left Venice? Perhaps. In that case it would be a
-stern, almost a hopeless, chase. But if he had not done so, how would he
-attempt to escape from me?
-
-I looked at my watch. It was not quite five. I knew that the next train
-leaving Venice was at eight-thirty. A boat sailed to Trieste three times
-a week. One left Venice this evening at seven. At twelve a P. and O.
-liner sailed for Brindisi. These were the regular means of travel. But
-nothing could be more simple than for him to hire a craft. If one pays
-enough, one can go anywhere. The search seemed almost hopeless.
-
-Obviously, the first thing for me to do was to go to St. Hilary’s hotel.
-I was not so simple as to expect to find him there, but I might learn if
-he had made any plans beforehand to leave Venice.
-
-His hotel was on the Riva, not far from Danielli’s. The concierge knew
-me well, and in answer to my careless inquiry as to whether St. Hilary
-had been in his rooms since last night, he went up-stairs to inquire.
-There was no answer to his knock. I bade him open the door, and told him
-I would wait for my friend. He did so, and I entered.
-
-My worst fears were realized. Two heavy trunks were strapped and
-labeled. The address was simply in the care of a forwarding agent in
-London.
-
-His razors and hair-brushes, however, were still on the dressing-table,
-and an open bag on the chair. If he had planned returning to his rooms
-he would not imperil the loss of the casket by bothering about these
-paltry toilet articles. That was my first thought. But even as I was
-closing the door behind me I paused. Would he not, indeed? He was still
-in the fancy costume of the ball. True, he had my ulster and golf cap,
-but the day promised to be warm. Could he travel thus without attracting
-attention? Unless he were to leave Venice by private boat, he would be
-almost sure to change his clothes. I abandoned my intention of going to
-the railway station. I would remain here at his rooms. And yet I must
-send some one. Whom could I trust? There was Pietro, of course; he knew
-St. Hilary. But Pietro had played me false; he would play me false
-again, unless I made it worth his while not to do so. I must make it
-worth his while. I sent one of the hotel servants to fetch my man. In
-twenty minutes he arrived, smiling.
-
-I had taken the precaution the night before to put a considerable sum of
-money in my pockets. I did not know what emergency might confront us
-before the dawn, or how soon it might be convenient for us to leave
-Venice. I dangled a hundred-lire note suggestively before Pietro’s nose.
-I assured him that I knew he was an arrant rogue. I sympathized with him
-(or pretended to) in his determination to sell his rascally services to
-the highest bidder. I hinted that this hundred-lire note should not be
-the last if he could only make up his mind to obey me implicitly for a
-few hours or days.
-
-Pietro gulped with emotion. He swore by all his hopes of heaven and with
-tears that he loved me dearly. He could not take my money. He would
-cheerfully murder any enemy of mine out of sheer gratitude for my
-kindness to him; but he could not take the money. No, no, not for
-himself, but–for expenses, yes. He pocketed the note with an oily smile.
-
-My directions to him were simple. He was to betake himself to the
-railway station. He was first of all to assure himself that St. Hilary
-was not on the eight-thirty train. If he were not on that train, Pietro
-was to keep watch for him on the landing of the railway station until
-six o’clock in the evening. If the dealer was on the eight-thirty train,
-or if he appeared later, Pietro was to go where he went, if that meant
-to the ends of the earth. But, above all, he was to keep out of sight.
-
-I had still the P. and O. liner and the boat to Trieste to watch. The
-liner I could take care of myself from St. Hilary’s window, or better
-still, a seat on the Riva under the hotel awning. She was anchored not a
-hundred feet away, and I could readily make out every passenger who
-boarded her. As for the boat to Trieste, it did not go until seven in
-the evening, and I could recall Pietro from his post at six if
-necessary; for there was no train between six and nine.
-
-I could do nothing more at present except keep a watchful eye open for
-St. Hilary, and that, as I have said, I could do as well, or even
-better, from the Riva below. And now that I was forced to inaction for
-the present, I was conscious that I had had nothing to eat since the
-evening before.
-
-I locked St. Hilary’s door after me. I settled myself at a little table
-under the red-and-white striped awning, where, quite inconspicuous
-myself, I could see every one who entered or came out of the hotel.
-
-The sun rose higher and higher over San Georgio’s. The golden angel on
-the campanile grew brighter and brighter, until she seemed a thing
-alive, quivering in her eagerness to spring into that deep lake of blue.
-The dazzling whiteness of the pavement toward the Molo gradually became
-alive with moving spots of variegated color. The teeming life of the
-broad street amused me for a while. But now that the excitement was
-passed, now that I was very near despair, though I would not acknowledge
-it, I found it difficult to be alert. It seemed useless to make any
-pretence at watching at all. I felt very sleepy.
-
-The heat of the early afternoon became almost intolerable. I struggled
-and fought against an almost overpowering drowsiness. Suddenly I was
-wide awake. Duke da Sestos had just come out of Danielli’s. He was
-walking toward me. He saw me. He raised his hat, and smiled.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXVIII
-
-
-“Ah, it is my friend Hume,” he purred. “I had thought that Mr. Hume had
-left Venice.”
-
-I ignored the left hand he extended negligently toward me. He had as
-many changes of front as a Russian diplomatist. Then I laughed. His cool
-effrontery was downright amusing.
-
-“And why should I have left Venice?” I asked easily. “Did you think you
-had frightened me off last night?”
-
-“Ah, ha,” he twirled his mustache with the utmost good-nature, “I know
-my friend Hume too well to think that he is so easily frightened. But it
-is a pity that your wit, my friend, is not as great as your courage.”
-
-“And how is my stupidity manifesting itself just at present?”
-
-He threw back his head and laughed silently–at least, insofar as a cat
-can laugh. Then he lowered himself into a chair by my side, leaned
-forward, and tapped me lightly on the shoulder.
-
-“I am clairvoyant. _Par example_, you are waiting for a friend, _n’est
-ce pas_? Oh, I do not mean myself. Shall we call that friend Mr. St.
-Hilary?”
-
-“And then––”
-
-“And then,” he continued jocularly, “if this Mr. St. Hilary should not
-come–if he had not a notion of coming?”
-
-“I should be a fool to sit here–is that the inference?”
-
-His shoulders shook, as if he found the joke amusing. But how should he
-know anything of St. Hilary’s movements? Or, guessing them, that I could
-be seriously affected by them?
-
-“Am I to understand,” I demanded, sitting upright, “that you have
-information as to Mr. St. Hilary’s whereabouts?”
-
-“Very precise information, I assure you, my friend,” he cried, his blue
-eyes dancing. “When one sees a gondola racing to the railway station,
-with two rowers, so great is the hurry, one may reasonably infer that
-the gentleman who sits under the felsa smoking a cigarette is on his way
-to take a train, hein?”
-
-“So you saw Mr. St. Hilary on his way to the railway station?” I said
-slowly. “And the time?”
-
-“It was not so late as seven, and certainly not before half-past six.”
-
-My worst fears were realized. Pietro had let him slip through his
-fingers at the eight-thirty train. But at least I would not give this
-Italian the satisfaction of seeing the consternation the news gave me,
-and I answered indifferently:
-
-“A little trip to Milan, I suppose. If he had been going far I should
-certainly have seen him before his departure.”
-
-“But, Mr. Hume,” cried the duke in triumph, “when the gondola is piled
-high with boxes, is it reasonable to think that our friend simply runs
-off to Milan? No, no; Naples, perhaps, or Paris, or London.”
-
-“What! You saw his trunks?” I cried.
-
-The duke held up his five fingers.
-
-“So many.”
-
-I turned easily in my seat and looked him over coolly. I had every
-reason to believe that St. Hilary possessed only two trunks, and that
-these two trunks were in his room up-stairs.
-
-“Yes, it is strange that he should not have said good-by to me,” I said
-musingly.
-
-“_Is_ it so strange?” queried the duke, and again he tapped me on the
-shoulder. “Come, come, Mr. Hume, have I not said that I am clairvoyant?”
-
-“Your proofs have not been convincing. Suppose that you give me a better
-illustration of this remarkable gift of yours.”
-
-“Well, then, I could have told you yesterday that your friend would bear
-watching.”
-
-“You seem to know a good deal about the character of Mr. St. Hilary,” I
-said, and rose from my seat with a yawn.
-
-The duke rose and took my arm. He had not yet done with me, it appeared.
-
-“You walk toward the Piazza? Permit me to walk with you. Yes, yes, I
-know a good deal of your friend’s character. We have had many
-interesting talks together before now; and, let me tell you, Mr. St.
-Hilary did me the honor of bidding _me_ good-by.”
-
-“And is that the reason you are so happy?” I asked, staring at him. My
-question had been put seriously. For the first time this afternoon I was
-interested in his answer.
-
-“So happy?” he retorted, shrugging his shoulders; then, with apparent
-frankness, “But I am to see Mr. St. Hilary again. Yes; I am to join him
-presently at Naples, perhaps, or Paris, or London. By the way, you have
-yet three days in which to prove me a liar,” he added good-humoredly.
-
-“And three days are a long time sometimes,” I said curtly. “Good
-afternoon; I take a gondola here to my rooms.”
-
-“Adieu,” he purred, but he still held my arm. “Do you remember that
-charming afternoon we spent, all four of us, in my poor palazzo? I
-presented to each of the ladies a little souvenir. To Mrs. Gordon I gave
-the useless old clock; to Miss Quintard, the chest that once contained
-the casket I have found and given to her. But to you I gave nothing. Our
-dealer, I have reason to think, has consoled himself. To you alone, my
-friend, I have been remiss.”
-
-“Your regret is touching,” I murmured.
-
-“But there is a little book I came across the other day when I was
-packing up my few belongings. It is only fourteen pages, but these
-fourteen pages are interesting. I have known travelers go all the way to
-St. Petersburg to consult them. Would it amuse you–this little souvenir?
-Or am I to infer that since the departure of your co-laborer in
-antiquarian studies you are no longer interested in curiosities?”
-
-If I could have flung him into the muddy waters of the canal I should
-have been a little less miserable, but I affected the utmost delight. In
-the first place, I was really interested in seeing those pages. Again, I
-hoped to understand a little more clearly the drift of this afternoon’s
-talk. His reference to St. Hilary mystified me.
-
-“I shall be charmed to receive it,” I cried.
-
-The duke had watched my momentary indecision with evident anxiety. Now
-he seized my arm again and squeezed it in the warmth of his
-satisfaction. His face was radiant.
-
-“Good! Good! My rooms are but a few feet from the Capello Nero.”
-
-“So St. Hilary informed me,” I said pointedly.
-
-“Ah, he is a wonderful man, your friend. Such resource, such
-imagination! And always on the lookout for himself, hein?”
-
-The duke’s apartments were almost empty of furniture. There were no rugs
-on the floor, no belongings of a personal nature in sight. The pictures
-were covered, and the chairs formally ranged about the walls. The clock
-on the mantelpiece had stopped. Some old newspapers and magazines heaped
-on the library table were the only sign that the room was lived in.
-Otherwise the room was bare.
-
-“You must excuse the appearance of my poor chambers; I leave Venice this
-evening.”
-
-“All the world seems to be leaving Venice to-day,” I observed lightly.
-
-“Absolutely. First of all, your friend Mr. St. Hilary, and now Mrs.
-Gordon, her niece, and myself. My poor friend, you will be lonely, I
-fear.”
-
-“Your concern touches me,” I said, and walked to the window. “When I
-have received from you my souvenir, I am going to my rooms to make
-preparations for leaving Venice myself.”
-
-The duke was turning over the magazines and papers on the library table.
-
-“Everything is in confusion. I can not find my little book. Old Luigi is
-an imbecile. Perhaps he has destroyed these precious fourteen pages. May
-I trouble you to ring the bell near that window? We will ask Luigi.”
-
-I was puzzled, I confess it. Why had he brought me to his apartment?
-Simply to gloat over me? Or had he some purpose more useful than that?
-
-There was a knock at the door. Instead of bidding the servant enter, the
-duke himself answered it, stepping out in the hallway, closing the door
-carefully after him.
-
-I walked over to the table, and turned over carelessly the papers and
-magazines. The glint of steel caught my eye. He had hidden a revolver
-under the rubbish while pretending to look for the fourteen pages. In
-two seconds it was in my pocket and I had taken my stand at the window
-again, one hand in my coat pocket, the other pulling at my mustache.
-
-“That imbecile Luigi had put away the pages for safe keeping in a
-portfolio. But he is to fetch the portfolio at once.”
-
-He seated himself carelessly on the table, swinging one leg. He picked
-up an illustrated weekly.
-
-“Are you interested in horses? Here are some capital snap-shots of good
-riding during the manœuvers at Asti.”
-
-I crossed the room and looked over his shoulder. When we had exhausted
-the magazines he bethought him of the pictures hanging on the wall. He
-lifted the muslin coverings and showed them to me, one by one,
-expatiating on their beauties. Evidently he was trying to kill time.
-Unconsciously I glanced at the clock, a modern timepiece about three
-feet high, standing on the mantel. I had forgotten that it had stopped.
-The hands, I noticed, stood at half-past six.
-
-The duke now took up his position at the window, while I stood with my
-back to the mantel. It just reached my shoulder. For the first time it
-occurred to me that he had wished to get me away from the window. He
-wished the post of observation for himself. I wondered if it were worth
-while for me to join him.
-
-For perhaps thirty seconds there was silence between us. I say thirty
-seconds, and I measured that interval by thirty ticks. At first I heard
-them listlessly. They were faint, muffled, and strangely slow. Then I
-remembered with a start that the clock had stopped. It was impossible
-for them to come from the watch in my pocket. They sounded close to my
-ears, and my ears were not two inches away from the clock that had
-stopped.
-
-For a moment the strange phenomenon bewildered me. Then I understood.
-The casket was inside the clock; and the mechanism that would release
-the cover in twelve hours had been set going.
-
-As if the duke were the clairvoyant he had mockingly pretended to be, he
-turned sharply on his heel. I was gazing up at the ceiling.
-
-“Luigi is a long time,” he muttered. “It is possible that the thieves
-who broke into my rooms some months ago stole it after all.”
-
-“Thieves!”
-
-“Yes, my friend, thieves. But I am taking precautions for my safety in
-the future.” He laughed shortly, and looked out of the window again.
-
-That hint was as foolish as my boast a few days before. So he had sent
-old Luigi for the gendarmes. He was holding me here. Well, I hardly
-cared to see the gendarmes just now. It was time for me to act.
-
-I reached swiftly up. I lifted the clock from the mantel to the floor.
-The jar of the wheels as it touched the floor made him spin about like a
-mechanical toy. I was pointing the muzzle of his useful weapon at him
-over the clock.
-
-“Sit down,” I said quietly.
-
-He clutched the edge of the chair, his mouth drooping.
-
-“And quickly!” I cried sharply.
-
-He sank into the chair behind him, his hands trembling violently.
-
-“But–but–this is an outrage!” he gasped.
-
-“My dear duke, you are not the only clairvoyant. In my poor way I can
-see through a wooden case. But this propensity of yours to play the cat
-with the poor little mouse is dangerous. Sometimes the little harmless
-mouse turns out to be a rat. And rats sometimes bite.”
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXIX
-
-
-For the second time I held the casket in my hand, but even now it was
-impossible for me to look at it. I had to keep my eye on the duke. I
-picked it up and walked to the table near which the duke was seated.
-
-“Tell me,” I asked laughingly, “did you bring me to this room for the
-sheer joy of gloating over my nearness to this toy that I have been
-struggling to possess for the past month, knowing how impossibly far it
-was from me? Did it afford you so much pleasure to play with me, to
-tease me, that you pushed your game so dangerously far? If so, you are
-an artist, my dear duke.”
-
-“Mr. Hume is generous in his compliments.”
-
-“Or,” I continued, thrusting my face nearer to his, “am I mistaken in
-thinking that most of your words and deeds are spoken and acted with
-some purpose in view?”
-
-“For example?” he asked lightly.
-
-“For example,” I repeated, “it was hardly for love of me that you spoke
-to me this afternoon.”
-
-“Hardly,” he sneered, pale with rage and disappointment. “Rather because
-I hated you so much that I wished to amuse myself at your expense.”
-
-“Or is there a third possibility?” I continued scornfully. “That you
-wished to avenge yourself? While you were taunting me with St. Hilary’s
-perfidy, or his supposed perfidy, the idea occurred to you that if you
-could induce me to come to your rooms, if you could hold me there while
-you sent Luigi for the gendarmes, you might have me committed to jail
-for assault, perhaps, or complicity in breaking into your rooms. On the
-whole, I am inclined to think that this view of the case is the most
-reasonable.”
-
-“As you will, Mr. Hume,” he answered, his lips white and trembling.
-
-“Now listen to me, Duke da Sestos. Granting that I am correct, the
-gendarmes will be here presently. Luigi has been gone some time. Before
-they come, I wish to put the case clearly before you. This casket and
-these jewels belong neither to me nor to you. They are the property of
-the state. When your gendarmes come, be sure I shall make that clear.”
-
-“Pooh! I have always known that you were a fool,” he cried
-contemptuously.
-
-“Ah, I thought you would listen to reason,” I said quickly. “Now tell me
-frankly: Why have you been so keen on this hunt for the casket? Was it
-to please Miss Quintard or to please yourself?”
-
-“Why not both? In pleasing myself perhaps I should be pleasing Miss
-Quintard.”
-
-“And perhaps not,” I replied drily. “A truthful answer, duke, if you
-please. We have no time to lose–if you care anything for the baubles in
-this casket.”
-
-“Well, then, for myself,” he said, looking at me curiously.
-
-“And if I had not surprised you just now, you would have taken your
-casketful of jewels to London or Paris to dispose of them at leisure?”
-
-“Perhaps,” he assented insolently.
-
-“Or would you have taken this casket to Miss Quintard and apologized for
-making a slight error?”
-
-“Why could I not have done both?” he cried. “Yes, Mr. Hume, even if you
-give it to the gendarmes, the casket is mine–legally and morally. The
-state will grant my claim, and then––”
-
-“That is the point I was coming to. Supposing you were offered a share
-of these baubles–I do not say how great a share–is it possible that you
-could be induced to give up the casket?”
-
-“I have heard there is an English proverb that it is better to have a
-bird in one’s hand than two birds in the bushes.”
-
-“But allow me to remind you that in this instance the bird is in my
-hands.”
-
-“For the present,” he interrupted with a meaning glance.
-
-“Come, come,” I cried sharply, “we have had enough of this quibbling. I
-make you a sporting proposition. I will give you a share of these jewels
-for the casket.”
-
-“I am afraid,” he said suspiciously, “my share would be rather a small
-one.”
-
-“It would be one-third,” I said quietly. “I am not a thief. I covet no
-stolen property, and these stones were stolen. The price of blood is on
-them. Whether they were stolen to-day or five hundred years ago, the
-moral aspect of the case is the same. But I want that casket, and I must
-have it.”
-
-“Who gets the other two-thirds?” demanded the duke, like a greedy
-glutton. “St. Hilary, I suppose.”
-
-“If he can prove to me that he has played fair.”
-
-The duke thought a minute. “Very well, I agree.”
-
-I emptied the chambers of the revolver’s cartridges. I put them into my
-pocket. I pushed the weapon carefully under the newspapers again.
-
-“And now that the strain of the past five minutes is over, I suppose I
-may have a look at my casket?”
-
-“With pleasure.” The duke bowed sardonically.
-
-In shape and size it was not unlike the pseudo da Sestos casket with
-which the duke had attempted to deceive Jacqueline.
-
-It was of bronze, overlaid with plaques of gold, enriched with cloisonné
-enameled work and precious stones, cut for the most part _en cabochon_.
-The cover rose to an apex. At the apex was a knob of wrought gold, in
-shape a monster’s head, the eyes formed of minute rubies. At the four
-corners of the cover were large semi-precious stones of chalcedony,
-rock-crystal, carbuncle, and turquoise. From these four stones to the
-knob of gold ran lines of pearls.
-
-The sides of the casket were composed of rectangular plaques,
-alternately covered with symmetrical designs in colored cloisonné
-enamel, partly opaque and partly translucent. These plaques were studded
-with pearls framed with a cunning design of scrolls and filigree work.
-
-“It would fetch a thousand pounds at Christie’s any day,” I mused.
-
-“Will you tell me how long that toy must tick before the cover can be
-opened?” interrupted the duke.
-
-“When did you set the mechanism?”
-
-“At precisely twenty-five minutes to seven.”
-
-“Then in half an hour the casket will be opened.”
-
-There was a loud knock on the door.
-
-“Ah, your gendarmes,” I said coolly.
-
-“And, as host, may I receive my guests?”
-
-“Do,” I urged, and seated myself in his chair, the casket on my knees.
-
-He opened the door. Two impossibly solemn gendarmes entered, precisely
-alike as two files. Keeping step, each with each, their hands on their
-sword hilts, they advanced to the middle of the room and saluted. Old
-Luigi stood discreetly without. I hope it is no disgrace to confess that
-I awaited the duke’s orders with some trepidation.
-
-“We have received word,” said the duke calmly, and he waved his hand
-toward me, “that an American gentleman, returning from the _bal masqué_
-at the Cæsarini Palace, early this morning, was assaulted by ruffians
-near the Calle Bianca Madonna, and knocked insensible. He was then
-carried to an empty house in the Jewish quarter. It is the third
-right-hand house on the quay of the Mestre Canal as you enter it.
-Release the gentleman. Tell him that his friend, Signore Hume, wishes to
-speak with him here. See that he comes. That is all.”
-
-The gendarmes saluted as one man, spun about on their heels and marched
-from the room, their red and white plumes nodding.
-
-“The gentleman to be found in the Jewish quarter is, of course, St.
-Hilary. It requires no great imagination to guess that you had him
-confined there. It would interest me to know how you managed last
-night.”
-
-“Oh, believe me, nothing could have been simpler,” replied the duke. “I
-knew, you may be sure, that you were not spying on Miss Quintard and
-myself in the tower. As a matter of fact, I was bitterly disappointed
-when you showed yourself; for, frankly, Mr. St. Hilary and you had been
-seen ascending the tower, and it was known that you were concealed
-somewhere. But we had not thought of the beams up there. When you were
-discovered I had presence of mind enough not to rout out your friend.
-All we had to do, then, was to watch him. We made our way into the sala
-after you, and, lying concealed until the dramatic moment, my
-Punchinello took care of your friend, while I took care of your casket.”
-
-“But how did you know we were to take the casket that night?”
-
-“You have been watched for a week. It is so much easier and more
-sensible to reap where others have sown than to dirty one’s own fingers
-with the plow.”
-
-“Then,” I said with a sigh of relief, “St. Hilary played fair?”
-
-“So far as I know,” replied the duke indifferently. “But I hear him
-coming up the stairs. You can ask him for yourself.”
-
-The door burst open, and St. Hilary rushed in. A bandage stained with
-blood and dirt was wrapped about his head. He was still in my ulster and
-golf cap. He looked as if he had spent a few bad quarters of an hour.
-
-“You are just in time, St. Hilary,” I cried, “to see the casket opened.”
-
-“What! You have beaten him after all!” He glared at the duke.
-
-“With neatness and despatch,” generously complimented the duke.
-
-St. Hilary did not answer. He stood looking down at the casket, holding
-his watch in his hand. It was now six-thirty. The clock on the Piazza
-told the half-hour.
-
-“Did you set the mechanism at six thirty-five precisely?” I asked
-anxiously.
-
-“At six thirty-five precisely,” answered the duke, frowning too in
-anxiety.
-
-“Tut, tut! Do you expect the accuracy of a watch of the twentieth
-century in this mechanism?” replied St. Hilary irritably. “It may be
-several minutes before the casket opens.”
-
-“In that case, I fear, Mr. Hume, that you may have to delay fulfilling
-your promise to Miss Quintard.”
-
-“Why?” I asked.
-
-“Do you forget that she leaves Venice at seven-thirty?”
-
-“What are you talking about?” asked St. Hilary roughly, his eyes fixed
-on the casket.
-
-“The duke has just been reminding me that the casket is legally his, and
-that, if necessary, he will lay his claim before the state.”
-
-“But we are not fools enough to care a straw about his claim,” growled
-the dealer. “We have beaten him at his own game. It is too late for him
-to cry out.”
-
-“On the contrary,” I said coolly, “the duke has induced me to recognize
-that claim.”
-
-“Yes, I have exchanged my casket for a share of its contents,” added the
-duke suavely.
-
-For a moment St. Hilary forgot to keep his eye on the casket. He glared
-at me with bloodshot eyes.
-
-“Surrendered his claim! To you? By heavens, do you think, Hume, that you
-can ignore me?”
-
-“I have not ignored you, St. Hilary. If you lose the casket, you have
-two-thirds of the gems. It is better, I should think, to have that
-two-thirds than to have any trouble with the state.”
-
-“Precisely,” beamed the duke.
-
-“Very well,” agreed the dealer grudgingly.
-
-It was now a quarter to seven. Still we could hear the muffled tick.
-
-“It really looks as if Mr. Hume would miss his train,” mocked the duke.
-
-At that instant there was a loud click. The duke started perceptibly.
-St. Hilary, pale with excitement, flung up his hands. I threw back the
-cover.
-
-The room seemed suddenly irradiated with a flash of multi-colored light.
-Five great gems glowed in their compartments of purple velvet in the
-topmost tray. St. Hilary and the duke uttered cries of joy. If I must
-confess it, these stones affected me hardly more than a display in any
-jeweler’s window in Bond Street or Fifth Avenue.
-
-“The minutes are more precious to me than those gems,” I cried. “Take
-out the trays, or I shall empty the contents of the casket on the
-table.”
-
-“When once we have closed the shutters,” said St. Hilary.
-
-He started to go to the windows, but noticing that the duke did not
-move, he halted suspiciously. They were like two beasts with their prey
-between them.
-
-“I will close the shutters for you,” I said, laughing grimly at the
-greed that distorted their faces.
-
-As I left the room with the casket in a bag which the duke procured for
-me, my last look caught a glimpse of the two men seated one on each side
-of the table. A lighted candle was at each elbow, and the trays of gems
-lay between them.
-
-
-
-
- CHAPTER XXX
-
-
-It was twenty minutes past seven when I paid my gondolier his fare at
-the railway station. I bought a first-class ticket to Milan and hurried
-down the long platform. Already the guards were calling to the
-passengers to take their places, and were closing the doors of the
-carriages.
-
-Jacqueline herself I did not see, but her maid sat at the open window of
-a compartment reserved for women. Fortunately, it was a corridor train.
-
-Before taking the casket to Jacqueline I cast one long look back at
-Venice. Never had her fairy architecture looked more entrancing, more
-ethereal. She was more mystical in this golden light than Arthur’s City
-of Avalon. But this enchantress of the seas had proved but a siren after
-all. For me her beauty had crumbled to ashes. Like my dreams, she had
-proved bitterly disappointing; for these dreams had been as intangible
-and difficult to realize as her charm.
-
-I was turning my face away from the city of dead hopes and vanished
-dreams confidently to a workaday world; and if I could melt Jacqueline’s
-pride, and win her forgiveness, I might yet look forward to love and
-happiness.
-
-I walked slowly down the corridor to her compartment. I stood quietly at
-the door a moment. She turned from the open window where she had been
-standing. There were tears in her eyes.
-
-“Do you not think that you have caused me enough pain and embarrassment
-without troubling me further just now?”
-
-“Jacqueline, you asked me to bring you the casket. You promised that you
-would listen to me when I brought it. There it is. It has cost me
-something, that casket–your love and your respect. In doing precisely
-what you asked me, I have lost all that is dearest to me in the world.
-But there it is. It is really the casket of da Sestos.”
-
-I placed it on the seat beside her.
-
-“All this is painfully theatrical, Mr. Hume,” she said disdainfully. “I
-can have no possible use for it. Will you please take it again? I wish
-to heaven that I had never heard of it.”
-
-“Can you really be in earnest, Jacqueline?” I asked sadly. “Are you
-determined to be unjust? Are you quite resolved not to listen to me?”
-
-“I am quite resolved,” she answered scornfully, “to be just to myself.
-And now will you please go?”
-
-“I must go if you insist,” I said gravely, and I stooped to pick up the
-casket.
-
-Then I saw that I was indeed the fool St. Hilary had so often called me.
-For her dear eyes belied her cruel words. They were full of doubt and
-despair. They beseeched me to be strong, to be ruthless, to break down
-her outraged pride. She longed to understand, to forgive me, but I must
-make her understand.
-
-I sat beside her; I held both her hands firmly in mine.
-
-“Jacqueline, it is impossible for me to go like this. My happiness, yes,
-and your happiness as well, is at stake. You must listen to me. It is my
-right. I refuse to go until I have told you the story of this casket.
-But I want you to listen to that story without prejudice. When I have
-told you everything, I hope you will see that I have tried to do just
-what you wished me to do. I am trying to be, now, just what you wished
-me to be. Though I hurt you by staying, yet I shall stay; for you told
-me that the man you loved must have something of the relentless about
-him. I shall remain relentless until I have gained my happiness and
-yours.”
-
-“If it were possible for me to dispute the evidence of my own eyes, how
-gladly I would listen and exonerate you!”
-
-“Then listen, Jacqueline.”
-
-I told her of my search for the casket. I let the story plead for
-itself. When I had finished, she sat very still, her face shaded from
-the dim lamp in the center of the carriage by the partition of the seat.
-
-“It was a foolish thing to ask,” she said, her eyes shining. “But oh,
-Dick, I am glad I did ask it. I know now that you are really strong and
-patient. You would dare much for the woman you love. Forgive me that I
-did not trust you. I wanted to, but last night it seemed––”
-
-She leaned toward me, and I caught her in my arms.
-
-Without, the moonlight fell on the mulberry trees, rows and rows of
-them, their branches festooned fantastically from tree to tree. They
-looked like figures stiffly dancing to an old-time minuet.
-
-
-
-
- THE END
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
- Transcriber’s Note
-
-The hyphenation of compound words which occur on a line break are
-removed or retained based on other instances.
-
-Errors deemed most likely to be the printer’s have been corrected, and
-are noted here. The references are to the page and line in the original.
-The following issues should be noted, along with the resolutions.
-
- 21.19 I said impatiently[.] Added.
- 37.25 Sudd[d]enly this wall gave way Removed.
- 38.3 and Lu[i]gi appeared, Inserted.
- 114.8 Jacqueline had added her urgen[t] telegram Added.
- 140.8 we can amuse ourselves with our clock.[”] Added.
- 223.5 he would undertake even the impossible.[”] Added.
-
-
-
-
-
-End of Project Gutenberg's The Clock and the Key, by Arthur Henry Vesey
-
-*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE CLOCK AND THE KEY ***
-
-***** This file should be named 54888-0.txt or 54888-0.zip *****
-This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
- http://www.gutenberg.org/5/4/8/8/54888/
-
-Produced by KD Weeks and the Online Distributed Proofreading
-Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was produced from
-images generously made available by The Internet Archive)
-
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
-will be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
-one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
-(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
-permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
-set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
-copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
-protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
-Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
-charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
-do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
-rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
-such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
-research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
-practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
-subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
-redistribution.
-
-
-
-*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
-Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
-http://gutenberg.org/license).
-
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
-all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
-If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
-terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
-entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
-and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
-works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
-or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
-collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
-individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
-located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
-copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
-works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
-are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
-Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
-freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
-this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
-the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
-keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
-Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
-a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
-the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
-before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
-creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
-Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
-the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
-States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
-access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
-whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
-copied or distributed:
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
-almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
-re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
-with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org/license
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
-from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
-posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
-and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
-or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
-with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
-work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
-through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
-Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
-1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
-terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
-to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
-permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
-word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
-distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
-"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
-posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
-you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
-copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
-request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
-form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
-that
-
-- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
- owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
- has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
- Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
- must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
- prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
- returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
- sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
- address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
- the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or
- destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
- and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
- Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
- money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
- of receipt of the work.
-
-- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
-forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
-both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
-Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
-Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
-collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
-works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
-"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
-corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
-property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
-computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
-your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
-your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
-the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
-refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
-providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
-receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
-is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
-opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
-WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
-WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
-If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
-law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
-interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
-the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
-provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
-with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
-promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
-harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
-that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
-or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
-work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
-Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
-
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
-including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
-because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
-people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
-To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
-and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
-
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
-Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
-http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
-permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
-Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
-throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
-809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
-business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
-information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
-page at http://pglaf.org
-
-For additional contact information:
- Dr. Gregory B. Newby
- Chief Executive and Director
- gbnewby@pglaf.org
-
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
-SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
-particular state visit http://pglaf.org
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
-To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
-
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
-works.
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
-concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
-with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
-Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
-
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
-unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
-keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
-
-
-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
-
- http://www.gutenberg.org
-
-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.